US20160263183A1 - Methods for treating lung disease - Google Patents
Methods for treating lung disease Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20160263183A1 US20160263183A1 US15/065,230 US201615065230A US2016263183A1 US 20160263183 A1 US20160263183 A1 US 20160263183A1 US 201615065230 A US201615065230 A US 201615065230A US 2016263183 A1 US2016263183 A1 US 2016263183A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- nlrx1
- level
- subject
- polypeptide
- mavs
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 206
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 title description 5
- 101001109452 Homo sapiens NLR family member X1 Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 346
- 102100022697 NLR family member X1 Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 341
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 119
- 208000006545 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 110
- 206010014561 Emphysema Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 108
- 235000019504 cigarettes Nutrition 0.000 claims abstract description 90
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 85
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 76
- 231100000516 lung damage Toxicity 0.000 claims abstract description 69
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 67
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 61
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 49
- 101710142315 Mitochondrial antiviral-signaling protein Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 102100023727 Mitochondrial antiviral-signaling protein Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 155
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 135
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 130
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 82
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 claims description 81
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 73
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 67
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 59
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 59
- 239000000779 smoke Substances 0.000 claims description 56
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 51
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 claims description 28
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 claims description 28
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 claims description 23
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- 108010034143 Inflammasomes Proteins 0.000 claims description 22
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 229940124630 bronchodilator Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 210000003537 structural cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000000391 smoking effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000011038 discontinuous diafiltration by volume reduction Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000007901 in situ hybridization Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000002640 oxygen therapy Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000005586 smoking cessation Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000007481 next generation sequencing Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000000636 Northern blotting Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000000760 immunoelectrophoresis Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000010195 expression analysis Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 abstract description 3
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 114
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 52
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 51
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 46
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 41
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 41
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 40
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 38
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 36
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 36
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 35
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 34
- -1 cathepsisn K Proteins 0.000 description 34
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 34
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 34
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 33
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 33
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 32
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 31
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 28
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 28
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 26
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 26
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 26
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 26
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 25
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 25
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 24
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 24
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 23
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 23
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 21
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 19
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 16
- 102100025277 C-X-C motif chemokine 13 Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 101000858064 Homo sapiens C-X-C motif chemokine 13 Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 15
- 102100035904 Caspase-1 Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108090000426 Caspase-1 Proteins 0.000 description 14
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 14
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 13
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 12
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 11
- 238000010240 RT-PCR analysis Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 11
- 102100027998 Macrophage metalloelastase Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 101710187853 Macrophage metalloelastase Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 9
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 101000959820 Homo sapiens Interferon alpha-1/13 Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 8
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000002438 mitochondrial effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 8
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 8
- 108090000613 Cathepsin S Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102100035654 Cathepsin S Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000006201 parenteral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 7
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 6
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 6
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000013425 morphometry Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 6
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 5
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002663 nebulization Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007838 tissue remodeling Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108090001129 Voltage-dependent anion channels Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004962 Voltage-dependent anion channels Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009325 pulmonary function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 4
- FUOOLUPWFVMBKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoisobutyric acid Chemical compound CC(C)(N)C(O)=O FUOOLUPWFVMBKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 3
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000009328 Perro Species 0.000 description 3
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 3
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000326 densiometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009274 differential gene expression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000834 fixative Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000057309 human NLRX1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015788 innate immune response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940126701 oral medication Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012123 point-of-care testing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010257 thawing Methods 0.000 description 3
- ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M thionine Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N)=CC=C3N=C21 ANRHNWWPFJCPAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 3
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100032814 ATP-dependent zinc metalloprotease YME1L1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical compound CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100037435 Antiviral innate immune response receptor RIG-I Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241001550224 Apha Species 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XWLUWCNOOVRFPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fosphenytoin Chemical compound O=C1N(COP(O)(=O)O)C(=O)NC1(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 XWLUWCNOOVRFPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000001284 I-kappa-B kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108060006678 I-kappa-B kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000012313 Kruskal-Wallis test Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N L-alpha-phenylglycine zwitterion Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000000585 Mann–Whitney U test Methods 0.000 description 2
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIAFMBKCNZACKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-benzoylglycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CNC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QIAFMBKCNZACKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091005461 Nucleic proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010220 Pearson correlation analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101800000795 Proadrenomedullin N-20 terminal peptide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000008156 Ringer's lactate solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001132 alveolar macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001668 ameliorated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004900 autophagic degradation Effects 0.000 description 2
- SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 SESFRYSPDFLNCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011984 electrochemiluminescence immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000013265 extended release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019688 fish Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012520 frozen sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000984 immunochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- NNPPMTNAJDCUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutane Chemical compound CC(C)C NNPPMTNAJDCUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012125 lateral flow test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000004901 leucine-rich repeat Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000003562 morphometric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000006384 oligomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009543 pathological alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003330 pentetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000002203 pretreatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003908 quality control method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002345 respiratory system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sarcosine Chemical compound C[NH2+]CC([O-])=O FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000013220 shortness of breath Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010245 stereological analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009469 supplementation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 2
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-O triphenylphosphanium Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1[PH+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 238000000539 two dimensional gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- OGNSCSPNOLGXSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-DABA Natural products NCCC(N)C(O)=O OGNSCSPNOLGXSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SEFSGUQSMFDYPA-YFKPBYRVSA-N (2r)-2-(difluoroamino)-2-fluoro-3-methylbutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@](F)(N(F)F)C(O)=O SEFSGUQSMFDYPA-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVAUMRCGVHUWOZ-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-(cyclohexylazaniumyl)propanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC1CCCCC1 BVAUMRCGVHUWOZ-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEVLUBIPMJQYHH-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2s)-2-(difluoroamino)-3-phenylpropanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N(F)F)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LEVLUBIPMJQYHH-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYKLZBIWFXPUCS-VIFPVBQESA-N (2s)-2-(naphthalen-1-ylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)=CC=CC2=C1 IYKLZBIWFXPUCS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPDBDJFLKKQMCM-SCSAIBSYSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3,3-dimethylbutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O NPDBDJFLKKQMCM-SCSAIBSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WAMWSIDTKSNDCU-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-azaniumyl-2-cyclohexylacetate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)C1CCCCC1 WAMWSIDTKSNDCU-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MNZLMQYCEWHPPS-REOHCLBHSA-N (2s)-2-azaniumyl-5,5,5-trifluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)pentanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F MNZLMQYCEWHPPS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJRDOKAZOAKLDU-UDXJMMFXSA-N (2s,3s,4r,5r,6r)-5-amino-2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2r,3s,4r,5s)-5-[(1r,2r,3s,5r,6s)-3,5-diamino-2-[(2s,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-amino-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-hydroxycyclohexyl]oxy-4-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl]oxyoxane-3,4-diol;sulfuric ac Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O.N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)C[C@@H](N)[C@@H]2O)O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)N)O[C@@H]1CO LJRDOKAZOAKLDU-UDXJMMFXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJLSEXAGTJCILF-RXMQYKEDSA-N (R)-nipecotic acid zwitterion Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCNC1 XJLSEXAGTJCILF-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- TYAFIFFKPSWZRM-HYXAFXHYSA-N (z)-2-amino-4-methylpent-2-enoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)\C=C(/N)C(O)=O TYAFIFFKPSWZRM-HYXAFXHYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FCC(F)(F)F LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXFGRWIKQDSSLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolin-2-ium-1-carboxylate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)NCCC2=C1 OXFGRWIKQDSSLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOXWUZCRWJWTRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-amino-1-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1(N)CCCCC1 WOXWUZCRWJWTRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NILQLFBWTXNUOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-aminocyclopentanecarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1(N)CCCC1 NILQLFBWTXNUOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KIPSRYDSZQRPEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-trifluoroethanamine Chemical compound NCC(F)(F)F KIPSRYDSZQRPEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLCJBICVQSYOIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-diaminobutanoic acid Chemical compound CCC(N)(N)C(O)=O BLCJBICVQSYOIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNGRENQDBKMCCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-amino-6-iminoxanthen-9-yl)benzoic acid;hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[NH2+])C=C2OC2=CC(N)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O JNGRENQDBKMCCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TXHAHOVNFDVCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(tert-butylazaniumyl)acetate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)NCC(O)=O TXHAHOVNFDVCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminobutanoic acid Natural products CCC(N)C(O)=O QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXOWHCCVISNMIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminonaphthalene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(C(O)=O)C(N)=CC=C21 CXOWHCCVISNMIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWOMLHIFHFWBSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azaniumyl-2-ethylbutanoate Chemical compound CCC(N)(CC)C(O)=O KWOMLHIFHFWBSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTOFYLAWDLQMBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azaniumyl-3-thiophen-2-ylpropanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CS1 WTOFYLAWDLQMBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005345 3' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BXRLWGXPSRYJDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyanoalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC#N BXRLWGXPSRYJDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMUHFUGDYMFHEI-QMMMGPOBSA-N 4-amino-L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 CMUHFUGDYMFHEI-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzoic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminophthalhydrazide Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C=2C1=CC(N)=CC=2 HUDPLKWXRLNSPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dimethylaminopyridine Substances CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XWHHYOYVRVGJJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluorophenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 XWHHYOYVRVGJJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-piperidin-4-ylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CC(O)CN1C1CCNCC1 HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020003589 5' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZIDRAQTRIQDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxy-x-rhodamine Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C([O-])=O)C=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 WQZIDRAQTRIQDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VWOLRKMFAJUZGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxyrhodamine 6G Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=C(C)C(NCC)=CC2=[O+]C=2C=C(NCC)C(C)=CC=2C=1C1=CC(C(O)=O)=CC=C1C(=O)OCC VWOLRKMFAJUZGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTWPGUQMZQRYGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=C2C(C(=O)O)NCCC2=C1 YTWPGUQMZQRYGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CJIJXIFQYOPWTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-hydroxycoumarin Natural products O1C(=O)C=CC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 CJIJXIFQYOPWTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000012440 Acetylcholinesterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022752 Acetylcholinesterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022900 Actin, cytoplasmic 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000007698 Alcohol dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021809 Alcohol dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710127675 Antiviral innate immune response receptor RIG-I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010024976 Asparaginase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015790 Asparaginase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282672 Ateles sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000972773 Aulopiformes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000271566 Aves Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KXDAEFPNCMNJSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026189 Beta-galactosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000157302 Bison bison athabascae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282461 Canis lupus Species 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000013392 Carboxylesterase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051152 Carboxylesterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100035882 Catalase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010053835 Catalase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010084457 Cathepsins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005600 Cathepsins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282994 Cervidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000014085 Chronic respiratory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000702579 Crotalus durissus terrificus Snaclec crotocetin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100039441 Cytochrome b-c1 complex subunit 2, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-GSVOUGTGSA-N D-alpha-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound CC[C@@H](N)C(O)=O QWCKQJZIFLGMSD-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVNCNSJFMMFHPL-VKHMYHEASA-N D-penicillamine Chemical compound CC(C)(S)[C@@H](N)C(O)=O VVNCNSJFMMFHPL-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004544 DNA amplification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydro-luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1=CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 CYCGRDQQIOGCKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710088194 Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000271571 Dromaius novaehollandiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000008157 ELISA kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000015782 Electron Transport Complex III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010024882 Electron Transport Complex III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- QTANTQQOYSUMLC-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ethidium cation Chemical compound C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 QTANTQQOYSUMLC-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700024394 Exon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091092566 Extrachromosomal DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010008177 Fd immunoglobulins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 1
- BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fivefly Luciferin Natural products OC(=O)C1CSC(C=2SC3=CC(O)=CC=C3N=2)=N1 BJGNCJDXODQBOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010073178 Glucan 1,4-alpha-Glucosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022624 Glucoamylase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000000587 Glycerolphosphate Dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041921 Glycerolphosphate Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010043121 Green Fluorescent Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004144 Green Fluorescent Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N Guanosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(=O)NC(N)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O NYHBQMYGNKIUIF-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000952099 Homo sapiens Antiviral innate immune response receptor RIG-I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000746756 Homo sapiens Cytochrome b-c1 complex subunit 2, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001011382 Homo sapiens Interferon regulatory factor 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000978490 Homo sapiens Mitochondrial antiviral-signaling protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000595918 Homo sapiens Phospholipase A and acyltransferase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000665442 Homo sapiens Serine/threonine-protein kinase TBK1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000043138 IRF family Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091054729 IRF family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010091135 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018071 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710090028 Inositol-3-phosphate synthase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100029843 Interferon regulatory factor 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100027353 Interferon-induced helicase C domain-containing protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710085994 Interferon-induced helicase C domain-containing protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001702 Intracellular Signaling Peptides and Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010068964 Intracellular Signaling Peptides and Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004195 Isomerases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000769 Isomerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-2-aminopentanoic acid Chemical compound CCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000998 L-alanino group Chemical group [H]N([*])[C@](C([H])([H])[H])([H])C(=O)O[H] 0.000 description 1
- FFFHZYDWPBMWHY-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homocysteine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCS FFFHZYDWPBMWHY-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTTHKOPSMAVJFE-VIFPVBQESA-N L-homophenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 JTTHKOPSMAVJFE-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-norVal-OH Natural products CCCC(N)C(O)=O SNDPXSYFESPGGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HXEACLLIILLPRG-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-pipecolic acid Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@@H]1CCCC[NH2+]1 HXEACLLIILLPRG-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGYHPLMPMRKMPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-propargyl glycine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC#C DGYHPLMPMRKMPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010006444 Leucine-Rich Repeat Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Luciferin Natural products CCc1c(C)c(CC2NC(=O)C(=C2C=C)C)[nH]c1Cc3[nH]c4C(=C5/NC(CC(=O)O)C(C)C5CC(=O)O)CC(=O)c4c3C DDWFXDSYGUXRAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282553 Macaca Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000013460 Malate Dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010026217 Malate Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000283923 Marmota monax Species 0.000 description 1
- 108060004795 Methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010059724 Micrococcal Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010058682 Mitochondrial Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006404 Mitochondrial Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282339 Mustela Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710135898 Myc proto-oncogene protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038895 Myc proto-oncogene protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100022691 NACHT, LRR and PYD domains-containing protein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000012064 NLR Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940113135 NLRX1 agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091005686 NOD-like receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100023050 Nuclear factor NF-kappa-B p105 subunit Human genes 0.000 description 1
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-phosphoryl-L-serine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282579 Pan Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001504519 Papio ursinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010053210 Phycocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001946 Pyrin Domain-Containing 3 Protein NLR Family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002123 RNA extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003559 RNA-seq method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010062109 Reversible airways obstruction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100273253 Rhizopus niveus RNAP gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000220317 Rosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000277331 Salmonidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010077895 Sarcosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038192 Serine/threonine-protein kinase TBK1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029064 Serine/threonine-protein kinase WNK1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010003723 Single-Domain Antibodies Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100038803 Somatotropin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710123496 Spindolin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000272534 Struthio camelus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940100389 Sulfonylurea Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710124574 Synaptotagmin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003714 TNF receptor-associated factor 6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000009 TNF receptor-associated factor 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GYDJEQRTZSCIOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tranexamic acid Chemical compound NCC1CCC(C(O)=O)CC1 GYDJEQRTZSCIOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710150448 Transcriptional regulator Myc Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700015934 Triose-phosphate isomerases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033598 Triosephosphate isomerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700005077 Viral Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282485 Vulpes vulpes Species 0.000 description 1
- ZATAXWHRLATIOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[[(4-acetyloxyphenyl)methoxy-methylphosphoryl]oxymethyl]phenyl] acetate Chemical compound C1=CC(OC(=O)C)=CC=C1COP(C)(=O)OCC1=CC=C(OC(C)=O)C=C1 ZATAXWHRLATIOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940022698 acetylcholinesterase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical class C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000999 acridine dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012082 adaptor molecule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012382 advanced drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004479 aerosol dispenser Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004520 agglutination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007818 agglutination assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004712 air sac Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004050 aminobenzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002788 anti-peptide Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012296 anti-solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003272 asparaginase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M asparaginate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003936 benzamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo-alpha-pyrone Natural products C1=CC=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=C1 ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002903 benzyl benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003782 beta lactam antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010005774 beta-Galactosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000001576 beta-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002306 biochemical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005842 biochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010876 biochemical test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JCZLABDVDPYLRZ-AWEZNQCLSA-N biphenylalanine Chemical compound C1=CC(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 JCZLABDVDPYLRZ-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000621 bronchi Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010006451 bronchitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004067 bulking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001273 butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004094 calcium homeostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I calcium;potassium;disodium;(2s)-2-hydroxypropanoate;dichloride;dihydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[OH-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[Cl-].[K+].[Ca+2].C[C@H](O)C([O-])=O BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I 0.000 description 1
- BMLSTPRTEKLIPM-UHFFFAOYSA-I calcium;potassium;disodium;hydrogen carbonate;dichloride;dihydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[OH-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[Cl-].[K+].[Ca+2].OC([O-])=O BMLSTPRTEKLIPM-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007894 caplet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- UHBYWPGGCSDKFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N carboxyglutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC(C(O)=O)C(O)=O UHBYWPGGCSDKFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241001233037 catfish Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000032677 cell aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940029783 cerebyx Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011976 chest X-ray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007910 chewable tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930002875 chlorophyll Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019804 chlorophyll Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ATNHDLDRLWWWCB-AENOIHSZSA-M chlorophyll a Chemical compound C1([C@@H](C(=O)OC)C(=O)C2=C3C)=C2N2C3=CC(C(CC)=C3C)=[N+]4C3=CC3=C(C=C)C(C)=C5N3[Mg-2]42[N+]2=C1[C@@H](CCC(=O)OC\C=C(/C)CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@H](C)C2=C5 ATNHDLDRLWWWCB-AENOIHSZSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003593 chromogenic compound Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013599 cloning vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000205 computational method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000599 controlled substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000001671 coumarin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004775 coumarins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002380 cytological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000172 cytosol Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005860 defense response to virus Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003405 delayed action preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950006137 dexfosfoserine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008356 dextrose and sodium chloride injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008355 dextrose injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001085 differential centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007598 dipping method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000022602 disease susceptibility Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037765 diseases and disorders Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940088679 drug related substance Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002651 drug therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940112141 dry powder inhaler Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- AEOCXXJPGCBFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethionamide Chemical compound CCC1=CC(C(N)=S)=CC=N1 AEOCXXJPGCBFJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZFKJVJIDPQDDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescamine Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2C(=O)OC1(C1=O)OC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZFKJVJIDPQDDFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000022244 formylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006170 formylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000693 fosphenytoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007672 fourth generation sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229960003692 gamma aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003208 gene overexpression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012268 genome sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005090 green fluorescent protein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKACHOXRXFQJFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptafluoropropane Chemical compound FC(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F UKACHOXRXFQJFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012165 high-throughput sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002962 histologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000056488 human MAVS Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000005828 hydrofluoroalkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003365 immunocytochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000951 immunodiffusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011532 immunohistochemical staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002664 inhalation therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011221 initial treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000031037 interleukin-18 production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000031891 intestinal absorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001282 iso-butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001155 isoelectric focusing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940074928 isopropyl myristate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HXEACLLIILLPRG-RXMQYKEDSA-N l-pipecolic acid Natural products OC(=O)[C@H]1CCCCN1 HXEACLLIILLPRG-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029226 lipidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- KNJDBYZZKAZQNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N lucigenin Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.C12=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1C1=C(C=CC=C2)C2=[N+](C)C2=CC=CC=C12 KNJDBYZZKAZQNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019689 luncheon sausage Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000005265 lung cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013123 lung function test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005004 lymphoid follicle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940071648 metered dose inhaler Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008811 mitochondrial respiratory chain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021125 mitochondrion degradation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000025608 mitochondrion localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butane Chemical compound CCCC IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentane Natural products CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037125 natural defense Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036963 noncompetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007474 nonparametric Mann- Whitney U test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940127073 nucleoside analogue Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007764 o/w emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- CQYBNXGHMBNGCG-RNJXMRFFSA-N octahydroindole-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1CCC[C@H]2N[C@H](C(=O)O)C[C@@H]21 CQYBNXGHMBNGCG-RNJXMRFFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006213 oxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002638 palliative care Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006320 pegylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001639 penicillamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127557 pharmaceutical product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008196 pharmacological composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl 10-methylacridin-10-ium-9-carboxylate Chemical compound C12=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C2C=CC=CC2=C1C(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RXNXLAHQOVLMIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N phosphoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- USRGIUJOYOXOQJ-GBXIJSLDSA-N phosphothreonine Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)O[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O USRGIUJOYOXOQJ-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCWXELXMIBXGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphotyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C=C1 DCWXELXMIBXGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWLUXSQADUDCSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=O ZWLUXSQADUDCSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- INAAIJLSXJJHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pibenzimol Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C1=CC=C(N=C(N2)C=3C=C4NC(=NC4=CC=3)C=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C2=C1 INAAIJLSXJJHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010837 poor prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004032 porphyrins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003334 potential effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007781 pre-processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012846 protein folding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020978 protein processing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009613 pulmonary function test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004879 pulmonary tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012207 quantitative assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012755 real-time RT-PCR analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002271 resection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002342 ribonucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019515 salmon Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003118 sandwich ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007480 sanger sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940043230 sarcosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002864 sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008354 sodium chloride injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013125 spirometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DFVFTMTWCUHJBL-BQBZGAKWSA-N statine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O DFVFTMTWCUHJBL-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005556 structure-activity relationship Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YROXIXLRRCOBKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfonylurea Chemical compound OC(=N)N=S(=O)=O YROXIXLRRCOBKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012385 systemic delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NPDBDJFLKKQMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylglycine Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(N)C(O)=O NPDBDJFLKKQMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylrhodamine Chemical compound C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 1
- FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-L-hydroxy-proline Natural products ON1CCCC1C(O)=O FGMPLJWBKKVCDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013042 tunel staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- ORHBXUUXSCNDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N umbelliferone Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 ORHBXUUXSCNDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFTAFOQKODTIJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N umbelliferone Natural products Cc1cc2C=CC(=O)Oc2cc1OCC=CC(C)(C)O HFTAFOQKODTIJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011870 unpaired t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007762 w/o emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008136 water-miscible vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/177—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
- C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
- G01N33/6872—Intracellular protein regulatory factors and their receptors, e.g. including ion channels
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
- G01N33/6893—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/158—Expression markers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
- G01N2333/435—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
- G01N2333/46—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans from vertebrates
- G01N2333/47—Assays involving proteins of known structure or function as defined in the subgroups
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/12—Pulmonary diseases
- G01N2800/122—Chronic or obstructive airway disorders, e.g. asthma COPD
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/52—Predicting or monitoring the response to treatment, e.g. for selection of therapy based on assay results in personalised medicine; Prognosis
Definitions
- the technology described herein relates to the diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of lung disease, e.g. COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- lung disease e.g. COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- Cigarette smoke causes a broad spectrum of diseases characterized by inflammation and tissue remodeling, including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). In many of these disorders the inflammation is believed to drive disease pathogenesis. This can be seen in COPD, the fourth leading cause of death in the world, where pulmonary inflammation is believed to be causally related to the emphysema and other pathologic alterations in the lungs from these patients.
- COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
- Cigarette smoke activates caspase 1 and IL-18, thereby regulating the inflammasome.
- the mechanism(s) that controls lung inflammasome activation at baseline and the alterations that cigarette smoke induces to activate the inflammasome have not been defined.
- MAVS mitochondrial antiviral signaling molecule regulates inflammatory and remodeling responses in viral infections and is inhibited in the healthy, non-infected lung. It is demonstrated herein that cigarette smoke causes damage to lung tissue, at least in part, by inhibiting NLRX1, which inhibits MAVS in healthy tissue. Thus, cigarette smoke causes an increase in the activity of MAVS, resulting in inflammation and pathological tissue remodeling. Restoration of NLRX1 in lung exposed to cigarette smoke reserved the pathological effects of cigarette smoke. Accordingly, provided herein are methods of diagnosing, prognosing, and treating COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage relating to the discovery that NLRX1 is suppressed in diseased tissues.
- described herein is a method of treating COPD in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS.
- described herein is a method of treating cigarette smoke-induced lung damage in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS.
- the cigarette smoke-induced lung damage is selected from the group consisting of: inflammation; alveolar destruction; protease induction; structural cell apoptosis; and inflammasome activation.
- described herein is a method of treating emphysema in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS.
- the emphysema is cigarette smoke induced emphysema.
- the inhibitor of MAVS is an agonist of NLRX1. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of MAVS is a modulator of NLRX1-dependent pathways. In some embodiments, the agonist of NLRX1 is a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1 or or an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- described herein is a method of treating COPD in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS.
- described herein is a method of treating cigarette smoke-induced lung damage in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an agonist of NLRX1.
- the cigarette smoke-induced lung damage is selected from the group consisting of: inflammation; alveolar destruction; protease induction; structural cell apoptosis; and inflammasome activation.
- described herein is a method of treating emphysema in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an agonist of NLRX1.
- the emphysema is cigarette smoke induced emphysema.
- the subject is a subject determined to have a decreased level of NLRX1 expression.
- an assay comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; wherein an decrease in the expression level relative to a reference level indicates the subject has a higher risk of having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage.
- a method of identifying a subject in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; and identifying the subject as being in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the expression level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level.
- a method of determining if a subject is at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; comparing the level of NLRX1 in the sample to a reference level of NLRX1; determining that the subject is at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level; and determining that the subject is not at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the level of NLRX1 is not decreased relative to a reference level.
- a method of determining the efficacy of a treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising: (a) measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject before administration of the treatment; (b) measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject after administration of the treatment; (c) determining that the treatment is efficacious when the expression level determined in step (b) is not decreased relative to the expression level determined in step (a); and (d) determining that the treatment is not efficacious when the expression level determined in step (b) is decreased relative to the expression level determined in step (a).
- described herein is a method of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising; measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; treating the subject when the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level.
- a method of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising; treating a subject determined to have a level of NLRX1 which is decreased relative to a reference level.
- the treatment comprises a treatment selected from the group consisting of: administration of a bronchodilator; administration of an inhaled steroid; administration of oxygen therapy; bullectomy; lung volume reduction surgery; smoking cessation; lung transplant; administration of an inhibitor of MAVS; administration of an agonist of NLRX1; administration of a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1; and administration of an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- the level of NLRX1 is determined by measuring the level of a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the level of NLRX1 is determined by measuring the level of NLRX1 RNA transcript. In some embodiments, the level of the nucleic acid is determined using a method selected from the group consisting of: RT-PCR; quantitative RT-PCR; Northern blot; microarray based expression analysis; next-generation sequencing; and RNA in situ hybridization. In some embodiments, the level of NLRX1 is determined by measuring the level of NLRX1 polypeptide.
- the level of the polypeptide is determined using a method selected from the group consisting of Western blot; immunoprecipitation; enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA); radioimmunological assay (MA); sandwich assay; fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH); immunohistological staining; radioimmunometric assay; immunofluoresence assay; mass spectroscopy; FACS; and immunoelectrophoresis assay.
- the polypeptide level is measured using immunochemistry.
- the antibody reagent is detectably labeled or generates a detectable signal.
- the expression level of NLRX1 is normalized relative to the expression level of one or more reference genes or reference proteins.
- the reference level of NLRX1 is the expression level of NLRX1 in a prior sample obtained from the subject.
- the subject is a subject with a history of smoking.
- the sample is selected from the group consisting of: a lung biopsy; bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL); sputum; induced sputum; blood; plasma; and serum.
- the method or assay further comprises the step of treating the subject with a treatment selected from the group consisting of: administration of a bronchodilator; administration of an inhaled steroid; administration of oxygen therapy; bullectomy; lung volume reduction surgery; smoking cessation; lung transplant; administration of an inhibitor of MAVS; administration of an agonist of NLRX1; administration of a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1; and administration of an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- a treatment selected from the group consisting of: administration of a bronchodilator; administration of an inhaled steroid; administration of oxygen therapy; bullectomy; lung volume reduction surgery; smoking cessation; lung transplant; administration of an inhibitor of MAVS; administration of an agonist of NLRX1; administration of a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1; and administration of an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- kits for performing the method or assay of the foregoing aspects are described herein.
- FIGS. 1A-1H demonstrate NLRX1 mRNA suppression in patients with COPD and its correlation with disease severity.
- the levels of NLRX1 mRNA in LTRC samples were plotted in controls (0) and in patients with COPD of varying severity (GOLD 1, 2, 3, and 4) ( FIG. 1A ).
- FIG. 1B the levels of NLRX1 are compared in no disease (controls, 0) and patients with, mild to moderate (GOLD 1 and 2) and severe COPD (GOLD 3 and 4).
- the levels of NLRX1 protein in mitochondria-enriched tissue fractions (MF) from controls (0) and GOLD 1, 2, 3, and 4 individuals were evaluated by western blot analysis ( FIG. 1C ).
- FIG. 1F depicts is a box-whiskers plot from the Pittsburgh cohort describing the relationship between NLRX1 gene expression in microarray evaluations and radiologic emphysema (** p ⁇ 0.05 compared to control and the >40% emphysema group).
- FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1G represent the mean ⁇ SEM of the noted evaluations.
- the statistics that were applied were the nonparametric Kruskal-Wallis test ( FIG. 1A ), Mann-Whitney U test ( FIGS. 1B and 1C ), Pearson correlation analysis ( FIGS. 1D and 1E ), two-tailed unpaired t-test ( FIGS. 1F and 1G ) and ANOVA test ( FIG. 1H ).
- FIGS. 1F and 1H the box shows the mean and standard deviation of the group and the whiskers show minimum and maximum expression values.
- FIGS. 2A-2M demonstrate that cigarette smoke (CS)-induced suppression of NLRX1 and the role of NLRX1 in CS-induced pulmonary inflammation and alveolar destruction.
- NLRX1 mRNA ( FIG. 2A ) and protein ( FIG. 2B ) are suppressed by CS exposure.
- the bar graph to the right of the gel represents the results of densitometry comparing the levels of NLRX1 and voltage dependent anion channel (VDAC) in mitochondria-enriched fractions (MF) and cytosol-enriched fractions (CF).
- VDAC voltage dependent anion channel
- MF mitochondria-enriched fractions
- CF cytosol-enriched fractions
- FIG. 2D BAL total cell recovery
- FIG. 2E representative histology
- FIG. 2F lung morphometry
- FIG. 2G the expression of MMP-12 mRNA
- FIG. 2K TUNEL evaluation of structural (epithelial and endothelial) cells
- FIG. 2I TUNEL evaluation of structural (epithelial and endothelial) cells
- FIGS. 2A, 2D, 2F-2K and 2M represent the mean ⁇ SEM of evaluations in a minimum of 5 mice (* p ⁇ 0.05, ** p ⁇ 0.01).
- FIGS. 2B, 2C, and 2L are representative of a minimum of 3 similar experiments.
- FIGS. 3A-3K demonstrate the role of MAVS in CS-induced pulmonary inflammation and alveolar destruction. After 6 months of CS exposure, the roles of MAVS were evaluated using comparisons of responses in WT and MAVS null mice.
- BAL total cell recovery FIG. 3A
- representative histology FIG. 3B
- lung morphometry FIG. 3C
- the expression of MMP-12 mRNA FIG. 3D
- western blot evaluations of lung tissue lysates were used to demonstrate the activation status of IL-18 and caspase-1.
- the results of TUNEL evaluations of structural cells FIG. 3F ), the expression of interferon (IFN)- ⁇ 4 mRNA ( FIG.
- FIG. 3G and the expression of NLRX1 mRNA ( FIG. 3H ) are also illustrated.
- the results of the evaluation of mean chord length ( FIG. 3I ), TUNEL evaluations of structural cells ( FIG. 3J ) and the measurement of the level of IL-18 in lung tissues ( FIG. 3K ) are presented from MAVS ⁇ / ⁇ /NLRX1 ⁇ / ⁇ mice, NLRX1 ⁇ / ⁇ mice and wild type (MAVS +/+ /NLRX1 +/+ ) controls after 3 month-CS-exposure.
- Size bar on FIG. 3B represents 400 ⁇ m.
- the values in FIGS. 3A, 3C, 3D, and 3F-3K represent the mean ⁇ SEM of evaluations in a minimum of 5 mice. (* p ⁇ 0.05, ** p ⁇ 0.01).
- FIG. 3E is representative of a minimum of 3 similar evaluations.
- FIGS. 4A-4B demonstrate the correlations between the levels of ( FIG. 4A ) NLRX1 mRNA and pre-bronchodilator FEV 1 (% of predicted value) and ( FIG. 4B ) NLRX1 mRNA and post-bronchodilator FEV 1 (% of predicted value), respectively, in the Korean Asan cohort
- FIG. 5 demonstrates the statistical result of the comparison between each subgroup in Korean Asan cohort. Because only one patient was in the subgroup of GOLD3, no comparison was undertaken with the subgroup of GOLD 3 (* For the overall comparison between all subgroups, please see FIG. 1H ).
- FIG. 6 demonstrates the levels of NLRX1 mRNA and the status of smoking history in the Korean Asan cohort.
- FIGS. 7A-7B demonstrate the levels of ( FIG. 7A ) MAVS mRNA and ( FIG. 7B ) protein in LTRC samples were plotted in controls (0) and in patients with COPD of varying severity (GOLD 1, 2, 3, and 4).
- FIGS. 8A-8C demonstrate the correlations between the levels of NLRX1 mRNA and ( FIG. 8A ) diffusing capacity (DLCO), ( FIG. 8B ) BODE index, and ( FIG. 8C ) BORG scale, respectively, in the LTRC cohort.
- DLCO diffusing capacity
- FIG. 8B BODE index
- FIG. 8C BORG scale
- FIG. 9 demonstrates the levels of CXCL13 protein in LTRC samples plotted in controls (0) and in patients with COPD of varying severity (GOLD 1, 2, 3, and 4)
- FIGS. 10A-10D demonstrate the correlations between the levels of CXCL13 protein and ( FIG. 10A ) post-bronchodilator FEV 1 (% of predicted value), ( FIG. 10B ) NLRX1 mRNA, ( FIG. 10C ) BODE index, and ( FIG. 10D ) SGRQ score, respectively, in LTRC cohort.
- FIGS. 11A-11B demonstrate, from the Westernblot presented on FIG. 2C the densitometric evaluation of ( FIG. 11A ) NLRX1 expression and ( FIG. 11B ) MAVS expression, respectively, are demonstrated (** p ⁇ 0.01).
- FIG. 12 demonstrates the suppression of NLRX1 mRNA accumulation in 3-month cigarette smoke-exposed lungs (CS+) and its recovery 3 months after the cessation of CS exposure (#) (** p ⁇ 0.01).
- FIG. 13 demonstrates the enhancement of CXCL13 mRNA expression after 3-month cigarette smoke-exposure (CS+) in the lungs from NLRX1 deficient (NLRX1 ⁇ / ⁇ ) mice compared to those from WT controls (NLRX1+/+) (* p ⁇ 0.05, ** p ⁇ 0.01).
- FIG. 14 demonstrates the restoration of CS-induced emphysematous alveolar destruction after NLRX1 gene overexpression in vivo. After 6-month-CS-exposure, morphometric evaluation of alveolar surface area was analyzed (* p ⁇ 0.05, ** p ⁇ 0.01).
- FIG. 15 depicts measurement of alveolar surface area after 3-month-CS-exposure in wild type (WT) controls, NLRX1 ⁇ / ⁇ and NLRX1 ⁇ / ⁇ /MAVS ⁇ / ⁇ mice (** p ⁇ 0.01).
- FIG. 16 demonstrates the enhancement of CXCL13 mRNA expression after 3-month cigarette smoke-exposure (CS+) in the lungs from NLRX1 deficient (NLRX1 ⁇ / ⁇ ) mice compared to those from WT controls (NLRX1+/+) (* p ⁇ 0.05, ** p ⁇ 0.01).
- FIG. 17 is a diagram of an exemplary embodiment of a system for performing an assay for determining the level of NLRX1 in a sample obtained from a subject.
- FIG. 18 is a diagram of an exemplary embodiment of a comparison module as described herein.
- FIG. 19 is a diagram of an exemplary embodiment of an operating system and applications for a computing system as described herein.
- the inventors have found that inhibition of MAVS, e.g., by stimulating NLRX1 activity, has a therapeutic effect on lung diseases, e.g. COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. Accordingly, provided herein are methods of treating COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage by administering an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1.
- emphysema refers to a chronic lung disease which affects the alveoli and/or the ends of the smallest bronchi.
- the condition is characterized by destructive changes and enlargement of the alveoli (air sacs) within the lungs.
- the lung loses its elasticity and therefore these areas of the lungs become enlarged. These enlarged areas trap stale air and do not effectively exchange it with fresh air. This results in difficult breathing and may result in insufficient oxygen being delivered to the blood.
- the predominant symptom in patients with emphysema is shortness of breath.
- the emphysema can be cigarette-smoke induced emphysema.
- COPD chronic respiratory disease
- chronic obstructive pulmonary disease is generally applied to chronic respiratory disease processes characterized by the persistent obstruction of bronchial air flow. COPD patients can suffer from conditions such as bronchitis, cystic fibrosis, asthma or emphysema.
- cigarette smoke-induced lung damage refers to damage to lung tissues occurring in subjects exposed to cigarette smoke, including but not limited to: inflammation; alveolar destruction; protease induction; structural cell apoptosis; and inflammasome activation.
- Cigarette smoke-induced lung damage can be present in a subject having or diagnosed as having emphysema or COPD or in a subject not having or not diagnosed as having emphysema or COPD.
- the patient can be a patient with a history of smoking.
- MAVS mitochondria antiviral-signaling protein
- mitochondria a protein found in the mitochondria, that when aggregated, activates IRF3 dimerization, contributing to the recognition of virii.
- MAVS is also known in the art as VISA, IPS-1, and Cardif. Sequences for MAVS expression products are known for a number of species, e.g., human MAVS (NCBI Gene ID: 57506) mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 3; NCBI Ref Seq: NM_020746) and polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 4; NCBI Ref Seq: NP_065797).
- inhibitor refers to an agent which can decrease the expression and/or activity of the targeted expression product (e.g. mRNA encoding the target or a target polypeptide), e.g. by at least 10% or more, e.g. by 10% or more, 50% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 98% or more.
- the efficacy of an inhibitor of, for example, MAVS e.g. its ability to decrease the level and/or activity of MAVS can be determined, e.g. by measuring the level of an expression product of MAVS and/or the activity of MAVS.
- RTPCR with primers can be used to determine the level of RNA and Western blotting with an antibody (e.g. an anti-MAVS antibody, e.g. Cat No. ab189109 Abcam; Cambridge, Mass.) can be used to determine the level of a polypeptide.
- an antibody e.g. an anti-MAVS antibody, e.g. Cat No. ab189109 Abcam; Cambridge, Mass.
- MAVS can be determined using methods known in the art and described elsewhere herein, e.g., by measuring the levels of expression of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S, type 1 IFNs, caspase 1, IL-1 ⁇ , and/or IL-18, where decreased MAVS levels and/or activity results in decreased levels of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S, type 1 IFNs, caspase 1, IL-1 ⁇ , and/or IL-18.
- the inhibitor can be an inhibitory nucleic acid; an aptamer; an antibody reagent; an antibody; or a small molecule.
- an inhibitor of MAVS can be an agonist of NLRX1. In some embodiments, an inhibitor of MAVS can be a modulator of NLRX1-dependent pathways.
- NLRX1 or “nucleotide-binding oligomerization domain leucine rich repeat containing X1” refers to an intracellular signaling protein with a N-terminal mitochondrion localization signal, a NACHT domain, an a C-terminal LRR. NLRX1 is also known in the art as NODS, NODS, and CLR11.3.
- NLRX1 expression products are known for a number of species, e.g., human NLRX1 (NCBI Gene ID: 79671) mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 1; NCBI Ref Seq: NM_001282144) and polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 2; NCBI Ref Seq: NP_001269073).
- human NLRX1 NCBI Gene ID: 79671
- mRNA SEQ ID NO: 1; NCBI Ref Seq: NM_001282144
- polypeptide SEQ ID NO: 2; NCBI Ref Seq: NP_001269073
- agonist refers to any agent that increases the level and/or activity of the target, e.g, of NLRX1.
- the term “agonist” refers to an agent which increases the expression and/or activity of the target by at least 10% or more, e.g. by 10% or more, 50% or more, 100% or more, 200% or more, 500% or more, or 1000% or more.
- the efficacy of an agonist of, for example, NLRX1, e.g. its ability to decrease the level and/or activity of NLRX1 can be determined, e.g. by measuring the level of an expression product of NLRX1 and/or the activity of NLRX1.
- RTPCR with primers can be used to determine the level of RNA and Western blotting with an antibody (e.g. an anti-NLRX1 antibody, e.g. Cat No. ab105412 Abcam; Cambridge, Mass.) can be used to determine the level of a polypeptide.
- an antibody e.g. an anti-NLRX1 antibody, e.g. Cat No. ab105412 Abcam; Cambridge, Mass.
- NLRX1 can be determined using methods known in the art and described elsewhere herein, e.g., by measuring the levels of expression of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S, type 1 IFNs, caspase 1, IL-1 ⁇ , and/or IL-18, where increased NLRX1 levels and/or activity results in decreased levels of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S, type 1 IFNs, caspase 1, IL-1 ⁇ , and/or IL-18.
- Non-limiting examples of agonists of NLRX1 can include NLRX1 polypeptides or fragments thereof and nucleic acids encoding a NLRX1 polypeptide, e.g.
- the agonist of NRLX1 can be an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- the agonist of NLRX1 can be an engineered and/or recombinant polypeptide.
- the agonist of NLRX1 can be a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1, e.g. a functional fragment thereof.
- the agonist of NLRX1 can be a modulator of an NLRX1-dependent pathway.
- NLRX1-dependent pathways are known in the art and described, e.g., in Allen et al. Front Immunol 2014 5:169; which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- a modulator of an NLRX1-dependent pathway suitable for use in the methods described herein can be an inhibitor of TRAF6, IKK-gamma, IKK-alpha/beta, I ⁇ B, p65, p50, RIG1, TBK1, IRF, IFN-1, and/or IL-6.
- a therapy as described herein e.g. an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 can be targeted to the mitochondria.
- Targeting can be achieved, e.g. by conjugating the agent to a targeting group or including the agent in a composition comprising a targeting group (e.g. a nanoparticle).
- Targeting groups can include, e.g., a cell or tissue targeting agent, e.g., a lectin, glycoprotein, lipid or protein, e.g., an antibody, that binds to a specified cell type such as lung cell, among others, or a cell permeation agent.
- Non-limiting examples of mitochondrial targeting groups can include triphenylphosphonium (TPP); mitochondrial targeting sequence polypeptides, and the like. Mitochondrial targeting is further described in the art, see, e.g., Weinberg and Chandel Nat Chem Biol 2015 11:9-15; Dongworth et al. Future Cardiol 2014 10:255-272; and Sureshbabu Front Physiol 2013 4:384; each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- TPP triphenylphosphonium
- the subject that is treated in accordance with the methods described herein is a subject having or identified as having a decreased level of NLRX1 expression and/or activity.
- an assay comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; wherein an decrease in the expression level relative to a reference level indicates the subject has a higher risk of having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage.
- a method of identifying a subject in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; and identifying the subject as being in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the expression level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level.
- a method of determining if a subject is at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; comparing the level of NLRX1 in the sample to a reference level of NLRX1; determining that the subject is at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level; and determining that the subject is not at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the level of NLRX1 is not decreased relative to a reference level.
- the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference amount if it is less than the reference amount by a statistically significant amount.
- measurement of the level of a target can comprise a transformation.
- transforming or “transformation” refers to changing an object or a substance, e.g., biological sample, nucleic acid or protein, into another substance.
- the transformation can be physical, biological or chemical.
- Exemplary physical transformation includes, but not limited to, pre-treatment of a biological sample, e.g., from whole blood to blood serum by differential centrifugation.
- a biological/chemical transformation can involve at least one enzyme and/or a chemical reagent in a reaction.
- a DNA sample can be digested into fragments by one or more restriction enzyme, or an exogenous molecule can be attached to a fragmented DNA sample with a ligase.
- a DNA sample can undergo enzymatic replication, e.g., by polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
- Transformation, measurement, and/or detection of a target molecule can comprise contacting a sample obtained from a subject with a reagent (e.g. a detection reagent) which is specific for the target, e.g., a NLRX1-specific reagent.
- a reagent e.g. a detection reagent
- the target-specific reagent is detectably labeled.
- the target-specific reagent is capable of generating a detectable signal.
- the target-specific reagent generates a detectable signal when the target molecule is present.
- NLRX1 gene expression products are well known to a skilled artisan. Such methods to measure gene expression products, e.g., protein level, include ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), western blot, immunoprecipitation, and immunofluorescence using detection reagents such as an antibody or protein binding agents.
- a peptide can be detected in a subject by introducing into a subject a labeled anti-peptide antibody and other types of detection agent.
- the antibody can be labeled with a detectable marker whose presence and location in the subject is detected by standard imaging techniques.
- NLRX1 antibodies for NLRX1 are commercially available and can be used for the purposes of the invention to measure protein expression levels, e.g. anti-NLRX1 (Cat. No. ab105412; Abcam, Cambridge Mass.).
- anti-NLRX1 Cat. No. ab105412; Abcam, Cambridge Mass.
- amino acid sequences for NRLX1 are known and publically available at NCBI website, one of skill in the art can raise their own antibodies against these polypeptides of interest for the purpose of the invention.
- amino acid sequences of the polypeptides described herein e.g. NLRX1 have been assigned NCBI accession numbers for different species such as human, mouse and rat.
- NCBI accession numbers for the amino acid sequence of human NLRX1 is included herein, e.g. SEQ ID NO: 2.
- immunohistochemistry is the application of immunochemistry to tissue sections
- ICC is the application of immunochemistry to cells or tissue imprints after they have undergone specific cytological preparations such as, for example, liquid-based preparations.
- Immunochemistry is a family of techniques based on the use of an antibody, wherein the antibodies are used to specifically target molecules inside or on the surface of cells. The antibody typically contains a marker that will undergo a biochemical reaction, and thereby experience a change of color, upon encountering the targeted molecules.
- signal amplification can be integrated into the particular protocol, wherein a secondary antibody, that includes the marker stain or marker signal, follows the application of a primary specific antibody.
- the assay can be a Western blot analysis.
- proteins can be separated by two-dimensional gel electrophoresis systems. Two-dimensional gel electrophoresis is well known in the art and typically involves iso-electric focusing along a first dimension followed by SDS-PAGE electrophoresis along a second dimension. These methods also require a considerable amount of cellular material.
- the analysis of 2D SDS-PAGE gels can be performed by determining the intensity of protein spots on the gel, or can be performed using immune detection.
- protein samples are analyzed by mass spectroscopy.
- Immunological tests can be used with the methods and assays described herein and include, for example, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as Western blots, radioimmunoassay (RIA), ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoprecipitation assays, immunodiffusion assays, agglutination assays, e.g. latex agglutination, complement-fixation assays, immunoradiometric assays, fluorescent immunoassays, e.g.
- FIA fluorescence-linked immunoassay
- CLIA chemiluminescence immunoassays
- ELIA electrochemiluminescence immunoassay
- CIA counting immunoassay
- LFIA lateral flow tests or immunoassay
- MIA magnetic immunoassay
- protein A immunoassays Methods for performing such assays are known in the art, provided an appropriate antibody reagent is available.
- the immunoassay can be a quantitative or a semi-quantitative immunoassay.
- An immunoassay is a biochemical test that measures the concentration of a substance in a biological sample, typically a fluid sample such as urine, using the interaction of an antibody or antibodies to its antigen.
- the assay takes advantage of the highly specific binding of an antibody with its antigen.
- specific binding of the target polypeptides with respective proteins or protein fragments, or an isolated peptide, or a fusion protein described herein occurs in the immunoassay to form a target protein/peptide complex.
- the complex is then detected by a variety of methods known in the art.
- An immunoassay also often involves the use of a detection antibody.
- Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay also called ELISA, enzyme immunoassay or EIA
- ELISA enzyme immunoassay
- EIA enzyme immunoassay
- an ELISA involving at least one antibody with specificity for the particular desired antigen can also be performed.
- a known amount of sample and/or antigen is immobilized on a solid support (usually a polystyrene micro titer plate). Immobilization can be either non-specific (e.g., by adsorption to the surface) or specific (e.g. where another antibody immobilized on the surface is used to capture antigen or a primary antibody). After the antigen is immobilized, the detection antibody is added, forming a complex with the antigen.
- the detection antibody can be covalently linked to an enzyme, or can itself be detected by a secondary antibody which is linked to an enzyme through bio-conjugation.
- the plate is typically washed with a mild detergent solution to remove any proteins or antibodies that are not specifically bound.
- the plate is developed by adding an enzymatic substrate to produce a visible signal, which indicates the quantity of antigen in the sample.
- Older ELISAs utilize chromogenic substrates, though newer assays employ fluorogenic substrates with much higher sensitivity.
- a competitive ELISA is used.
- Purified antibodies that are directed against a target polypeptide or fragment thereof are coated on the solid phase of multi-well plate, i.e., conjugated to a solid surface.
- a second batch of purified antibodies that are not conjugated on any solid support is also needed.
- These non-conjugated purified antibodies are labeled for detection purposes, for example, labeled with horseradish peroxidase to produce a detectable signal.
- a sample e.g., a blood sample
- a known amount of desired antigen e.g., a known volume or concentration of a sample comprising a target polypeptide
- desired antigen e.g., a known volume or concentration of a sample comprising a target polypeptide
- the mixture is then are added to coated wells to form competitive combination.
- a complex of labeled antibody reagent-antigen will form. This complex is free in solution and can be washed away. Washing the wells will remove the complex.
- TMB (3, 3′, 5, 5′-tetramethylbenzidene) color development substrate for localization of horseradish peroxidase-conjugated antibodies in the wells.
- TMB 3, 3′, 5, 5′-tetramethylbenzidene
- TMB 3, 3′, 5, 5′-tetramethylbenzidene
- the levels of a polypeptide in a sample can be detected by a lateral flow immunoassay test (LFIA), also known as the immunochromatographic assay, or strip test.
- LFIAs are a simple device intended to detect the presence (or absence) of antigen, e.g. a polypeptide, in a fluid sample.
- LFIA tests are used for medical diagnostics either for home testing, point of care testing, or laboratory use.
- LFIA tests are a form of immunoassay in which the test sample flows along a solid substrate via capillary action.
- LFIAs are essentially immunoassays adapted to operate along a single axis to suit the test strip format or a dipstick format. Strip tests are extremely versatile and can be easily modified by one skilled in the art for detecting an enormous range of antigens from fluid samples such as urine, blood, water, and/or homogenized tissue samples etc.
- Strip tests are also known as dip stick test, the name bearing from the literal action of “dipping” the test strip into a fluid sample to be tested.
- LFIA strip tests are easy to use, require minimum training and can easily be included as components of point-of-care test (POCT) diagnostics to be use on site in the field.
- LFIA tests can be operated as either competitive or sandwich assays.
- Sandwich LFIAs are similar to sandwich ELISA. The sample first encounters colored particles which are labeled with antibodies raised to the target antigen. The test line will also contain antibodies to the same target, although it may bind to a different epitope on the antigen. The test line will show as a colored band in positive samples.
- the lateral flow immunoassay can be a double antibody sandwich assay, a competitive assay, a quantitative assay or variations thereof.
- Competitive LFIAs are similar to competitive ELISA. The sample first encounters colored particles which are labeled with the target antigen or an analogue. The test line contains antibodies to the target/its analogue. Unlabelled antigen in the sample will block the binding sites on the antibodies preventing uptake of the colored particles. The test line will show as a colored band in negative samples.
- lateral flow technology It is also possible to apply multiple capture zones to create a multiplex test.
- a polypeptide or fragment thereof can be dissociated with detergents and heat, and separated on an SDS-PAGE gel before being transferred to a solid support, such as a nitrocellulose or PVDF membrane.
- a solid support such as a nitrocellulose or PVDF membrane.
- the membrane is incubated with an antibody reagent specific for the target polypeptide or a fragment thereof. The membrane is then washed to remove unbound proteins and proteins with non-specific binding.
- Detectably labeled enzyme-linked secondary or detection antibodies can then be used to detect and assess the amount of polypeptide in the sample tested.
- the intensity of the signal from the detectable label corresponds to the amount of enzyme present, and therefore the amount of polypeptide.
- Levels can be quantified, for example by densitometry.
- the level of, e.g., NLRX1 can be measured, by way of non-limiting example, by Western blot; immunoprecipitation; enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA); radioimmunological assay (RIA); sandwich assay; fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH); immunohistological staining; radioimmunometric assay; immunofluoresence assay; mass spectroscopy and/or immunoelectrophoresis assay.
- Western blot immunoprecipitation
- ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
- RIA radioimmunological assay
- FISH fluorescence in situ hybridization
- immunohistological staining radioimmunometric assay
- immunofluoresence assay immunofluoresence assay
- mass spectroscopy and/or immunoelectrophoresis assay can be measured, by way of non-limiting example, by Western blot; immunoprecipitation; enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA); radioimmunological assay
- the gene expression products as described herein can be instead determined by determining the level of messenger RNA (mRNA) expression of the genes described herein, e.g. NLRX1.
- mRNA messenger RNA
- Such molecules can be isolated, derived, or amplified from a biological sample, such as a blood sample.
- Techniques for the detection of mRNA expression is known by persons skilled in the art, and can include but not limited to, PCR procedures, RT-PCR, quantitative RT-PCR Northern blot analysis, differential gene expression, RNA protection assay, microarray based analysis, next-generation sequencing; hybridization methods, etc.
- the PCR procedure describes a method of gene amplification which is comprised of (i) sequence-specific hybridization of primers to specific genes or sequences within a nucleic acid sample or library, (ii) subsequent amplification involving multiple rounds of annealing, elongation, and denaturation using a thermostable DNA polymerase, and (iii) screening the PCR products for a band of the correct size.
- the primers used are oligonucleotides of sufficient length and appropriate sequence to provide initiation of polymerization, i.e. each primer is specifically designed to be complementary to a strand of the genomic locus to be amplified.
- mRNA level of gene expression products described herein can be determined by reverse-transcription (RT) PCR and by quantitative RT-PCR (QRT-PCR) or real-time PCR methods.
- RT reverse-transcription
- QRT-PCR quantitative RT-PCR
- real-time PCR methods Methods of RT-PCR and QRT-PCR are well known in the art.
- the level of an mRNA can be measured by a quantitative sequencing technology, e.g. a quantitative next-generation sequence technology.
- a quantitative sequencing technology e.g. a quantitative next-generation sequence technology.
- Methods of sequencing a nucleic acid sequence are well known in the art. Briefly, a sample obtained from a subject can be contacted with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to a single-strand nucleic acid sequence flanking the target gene sequence and a complementary strand is synthesized.
- an adaptor double or single-stranded
- the sequence can be determined, e.g.
- exemplary methods of sequencing include, but are not limited to, Sanger sequencing, dideoxy chain termination, high-throughput sequencing, next generation sequencing, 454 sequencing, SOLiD sequencing, polony sequencing, Illumina sequencing, Ion Torrent sequencing, sequencing by hybridization, nanopore sequencing, Helioscope sequencing, single molecule real time sequencing, RNAP sequencing, and the like. Methods and protocols for performing these sequencing methods are known in the art, see, e.g. “Next Generation Genome Sequencing” Ed.
- nucleic acid sequences of the genes described herein have been assigned NCBI accession numbers for different species such as human, mouse and rat.
- the human NRLX1 mRNA e.g. SEQ ID NO: 1
- SEQ ID NO: 1 the human NRLX1 mRNA
- a skilled artisan can design an appropriate primer based on the known sequence for determining the mRNA level of the respective gene.
- Nucleic acid and ribonucleic acid (RNA) molecules can be isolated from a particular biological sample using any of a number of procedures, which are well-known in the art, the particular isolation procedure chosen being appropriate for the particular biological sample.
- freeze-thaw and alkaline lysis procedures can be useful for obtaining nucleic acid molecules from solid materials
- heat and alkaline lysis procedures can be useful for obtaining nucleic acid molecules from urine
- proteinase K extraction can be used to obtain nucleic acid from blood (Roiff, A et al. PCR: Clinical Diagnostics and Research, Springer (1994)).
- one or more of the reagents can comprise a detectable label and/or comprise the ability to generate a detectable signal (e.g. by catalyzing reaction converting a compound to a detectable product).
- Detectable labels can comprise, for example, a light-absorbing dye, a fluorescent dye, or a radioactive label. Detectable labels, methods of detecting them, and methods of incorporating them into reagents (e.g. antibodies and nucleic acid probes) are well known in the art.
- detectable labels can include labels that can be detected by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, electromagnetic, radiochemical, or chemical means, such as fluorescence, chemifluoresence, or chemiluminescence, or any other appropriate means.
- the detectable labels used in the methods described herein can be primary labels (where the label comprises a moiety that is directly detectable or that produces a directly detectable moiety) or secondary labels (where the detectable label binds to another moiety to produce a detectable signal, e.g., as is common in immunological labeling using secondary and tertiary antibodies).
- the detectable label can be linked by covalent or non-covalent means to the reagent.
- a detectable label can be linked such as by directly labeling a molecule that achieves binding to the reagent via a ligand-receptor binding pair arrangement or other such specific recognition molecules.
- Detectable labels can include, but are not limited to radioisotopes, bioluminescent compounds, chromophores, antibodies, chemiluminescent compounds, fluorescent compounds, metal chelates, and enzymes.
- the detection reagent is label with a fluorescent compound.
- a detectable label can be a fluorescent dye molecule, or fluorophore including, but not limited to fluorescein, phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde, fluorescamine, Cy3TM, Cy5TM, allophycocyanine, Texas Red, peridenin chlorophyll, cyanine, tandem conjugates such as phycoerythrin-Cy5TM, green fluorescent protein, rhodamine, fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) and Oregon GreenTM, rhodamine and derivatives (e.g., Texas red and tetrarhodimine isothiocynate (TRITC)), biotin, phycoerythrin, AMCA, CyDyesTM, 6-car
- a detectable label can be a radiolabel including, but not limited to 3 H, 125 I, 35 S, 14 C, 32 P, and 33 P.
- a detectable label can be an enzyme including, but not limited to horseradish peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
- An enzymatic label can produce, for example, a chemiluminescent signal, a color signal, or a fluorescent signal.
- Enzymes contemplated for use to detectably label an antibody reagent include, but are not limited to, malate dehydrogenase, staphylococcal nuclease, delta-V-steroid isomerase, yeast alcohol dehydrogenase, alpha-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucose oxidase, beta-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase, glucose-VI-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase and acetylcholinesterase.
- a detectable label is a chemiluminescent label, including, but not limited to lucigenin, luminol, luciferin, isoluminol, theromatic acridinium ester, imidazole, acridinium salt and oxalate ester.
- a detectable label can be a spectral colorimetric label including, but not limited to colloidal gold or colored glass or plastic (e.g., polystyrene, polypropylene, and latex) beads.
- detection reagents can also be labeled with a detectable tag, such as c-Myc, HA, VSV-G, HSV, FLAG, V5, HIS, or biotin.
- a detectable tag such as c-Myc, HA, VSV-G, HSV, FLAG, V5, HIS, or biotin.
- Other detection systems can also be used, for example, a biotin-streptavidin system.
- the antibodies immunoreactive (i. e. specific for) with the biomarker of interest is biotinylated. Quantity of biotinylated antibody bound to the biomarker is determined using a streptavidin-peroxidase conjugate and a chromagenic substrate.
- streptavidin peroxidase detection kits are commercially available, e. g. from DAKO; Carpinteria, Calif.
- a reagent can also be detectably labeled using fluorescence emitting metals such as 152 Eu, or others of the lanthanide series. These metals can be attached to the reagent using such metal chelating groups as diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA) or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA).
- DTPA diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid
- EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
- a level which is less than a reference level can be a level which is less by at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 50%, at least about 600%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or less than the reference level.
- a level which is less than a reference level can be a level which is statistically significantly less than the reference level.
- the reference can be a level of NLRX1 in a population of subjects who do not have or are not diagnosed as having, and/or do not exhibit signs or symptoms of COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- the reference can also be a level of expression of NLRX1 in a control sample, a pooled sample of control individuals or a numeric value or range of values based on the same.
- the reference can be the level of NLRX1 in a sample obtained from the same subject at an earlier point in time, e.g., the methods described herein can be used to determine if a subject's risk or likelihood of developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage is increasing.
- the level of expression products of no more than 200 other genes is determined. In some embodiments, the level of expression products of no more than 100 other genes is determined. In some embodiments, the level of expression products of no more than 20 other genes is determined. In some embodiments, the level of expression products of no more than 10 other genes is determined.
- the expression level of a given gene e.g., NLRX1
- NLRX1 can be normalized relative to the expression level of one or more reference genes or reference proteins.
- test sample denotes a sample taken or isolated from a biological organism, e.g., a blood or plasma sample from a subject.
- exemplary biological samples include, but are not limited to, a biofluid sample; serum; plasma; urine; saliva; and/or tissue sample etc.
- the term also includes a mixture of the above-mentioned samples.
- test sample also includes untreated or pretreated (or pre-processed) biological samples.
- a test sample can comprise cells from subject.
- the test sample can be a lung biopsy; bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL); sputum; induced sputum; blood; plasma; and serum.
- BAL bronchoalveolar lavage
- the test sample can be obtained by removing a sample from a subject, but can also be accomplished by using previously sample (e.g. isolated at a prior timepoint and isolated by the same or another person). In addition, the test sample can be freshly collected or a previously collected sample.
- the test sample can be an untreated test sample.
- untreated test sample refers to a test sample that has not had any prior sample pre-treatment except for dilution and/or suspension in a solution.
- Exemplary methods for treating a test sample include, but are not limited to, centrifugation, filtration, sonication, homogenization, heating, freezing and thawing, and combinations thereof.
- the test sample can be a frozen test sample, e.g., a frozen tissue. The frozen sample can be thawed before employing methods, assays and systems described herein. After thawing, a frozen sample can be centrifuged before being subjected to methods, assays and systems described herein.
- the test sample is a clarified test sample, for example, by centrifugation and collection of a supernatant comprising the clarified test sample.
- a test sample can be a pre-processed test sample, for example, supernatant or filtrate resulting from a treatment selected from the group consisting of centrifugation, filtration, thawing, purification, and any combinations thereof.
- the test sample can be treated with a chemical and/or biological reagent. Chemical and/or biological reagents can be employed to protect and/or maintain the stability of the sample, including biomolecules (e.g., nucleic acid and protein) therein, during processing.
- biomolecules e.g., nucleic acid and protein
- One exemplary reagent is a protease inhibitor, which is generally used to protect or maintain the stability of protein during processing.
- protease inhibitor which is generally used to protect or maintain the stability of protein during processing.
- the skilled artisan is well aware of methods and processes appropriate for pre-processing of biological samples required for determination of the level of an expression product as described herein.
- the methods, assays, and systems described herein can further comprise a step of obtaining a test sample from a subject.
- the subject can be a human subject.
- the subject can be a subject in need of treatment for (e.g. having or diagnosed as having) COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- a method of determining the efficacy of a treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising: (a) measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject before administration of the treatment; (b) measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject after administration of the treatment; (c) determining that the treatment is efficacious when the expression level determined in step (b) is not decreased relative to the expression level determined in step (a); and (d) determining that the treatment is not efficacious when the expression level determined in step (b) is decreased relative to the expression level determined in step (a).
- described herein is a method of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising; measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; treating the subject when the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level.
- a method of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising; treating a subject determined to have a level of NLRX1 which is decreased relative to a reference level.
- Treatments for COPD, emphysema, and cigarette smoke-induced lung damage are known in the art and can include, by way of non-limiting example administration of a bronchodilator; administration of an inhaled steroid; administration of oxygen therapy; bullectomy; lung volume reduction surgery; smoking cessation; and lung transplant.
- a treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage can include administration of an inhibitor of MAVS; administration of an agonist of NLRX1; administration of a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1; and/or administration of an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- the methods described herein relate to treating a subject having or diagnosed as having, e.g., emphysema with an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1.
- Subjects having emphysema can be identified by a physician using current methods of diagnosing emphysema. Symptoms and/or complications of emphysema which characterize these conditions and aid in diagnosis are well known in the art and include but are not limited to, shortness of breath. Tests that may aid in a diagnosis of, e.g. emphysema include, but are not limited to, chest X-rays, CT scans, blood oxygenation tests, and lung function tests.
- a family history of emphysema, or exposure to risk factors for emphysema (e.g. smoking) can also aid in determining if a subject is likely to have emphysema or in making a diagnosis of emphysema.
- compositions and methods described herein can be administered to a subject having or diagnosed as having COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- the methods described herein comprise administering an effective amount of compositions described herein, e.g. an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 to a subject in order to alleviate a symptom of COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- “alleviating a symptom” of a disease or condition is ameliorating any condition or symptom associated with the disease or condition.
- compositions described herein to subjects are known to those of skill in the art. Such methods can include, but are not limited to oral, parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, transdermal, airway (aerosol), pulmonary, cutaneous, topical, or injection administration. Administration can be local or systemic.
- an effective amount refers to the amount of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 needed to alleviate at least one or more symptom of the disease or disorder, and relates to a sufficient amount of pharmacological composition to provide the desired effect.
- the term “therapeutically effective amount” therefore refers to an amount of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 that is sufficient to provide a particular effect when administered to a typical subject.
- An effective amount as used herein, in various contexts, would also include an amount sufficient to delay the development of a symptom of the disease, alter the course of a symptom disease (for example but not limited to, slowing the progression of a symptom of the disease), or reverse a symptom of the disease. Thus, it is not generally practicable to specify an exact “effective amount”. However, for any given case, an appropriate “effective amount” can be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using only routine experimentation.
- Effective amounts, toxicity, and therapeutic efficacy can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
- the dosage can vary depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
- the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50.
- Compositions and methods that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
- a therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
- a dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1, which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture, or in an appropriate animal model.
- IC50 i.e., the concentration of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1, which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms
- levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
- the effects of any particular dosage can be monitored by a suitable bioassay, e.g., assay for inflammation in the lungs, among others.
- the dosage can be determined by a physician and adjusted, as necessary, to suit observed effects of the treatment.
- the technology described herein relates to a pharmaceutical composition
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 as described herein, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and diluents include saline, aqueous buffer solutions, solvents and/or dispersion media. The use of such carriers and diluents is well known in the art.
- materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol (PEG); (12) esters, such as e
- wetting agents, coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming agents, preservative and antioxidants can also be present in the formulation.
- excipient e.g. an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 as described herein.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 as described herein can be a parenteral dose form. Since administration of parenteral dosage forms typically bypasses the patient's natural defenses against contaminants, parenteral dosage forms are preferably sterile or capable of being sterilized prior to administration to a patient. Examples of parenteral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, solutions ready for injection, dry products ready to be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle for injection, suspensions ready for injection, and emulsions. In addition, controlled-release parenteral dosage forms can be prepared for administration of a patient, including, but not limited to, DUROS®-type dosage forms and dose-dumping.
- Suitable vehicles that can be used to provide parenteral dosage forms of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 as disclosed within are well known to those skilled in the art. Examples include, without limitation: sterile water; water for injection USP; saline solution; glucose solution; aqueous vehicles such as but not limited to, sodium chloride injection, Ringer's injection, dextrose Injection, dextrose and sodium chloride injection, and lactated Ringer's injection; water-miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.
- sterile water water for injection USP
- saline solution glucose solution
- aqueous vehicles such as but not limited to, sodium chloride injection, Ring
- compositions comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 can also be formulated to be suitable for oral administration, for example as discrete dosage forms, such as, but not limited to, tablets (including without limitation scored or coated tablets), pills, caplets, capsules, chewable tablets, powder packets, cachets, troches, wafers, aerosol sprays, or liquids, such as but not limited to, syrups, elixirs, solutions or suspensions in an aqueous liquid, a non-aqueous liquid, an oil-in-water emulsion, or a water-in-oil emulsion.
- discrete dosage forms such as, but not limited to, tablets (including without limitation scored or coated tablets), pills, caplets, capsules, chewable tablets, powder packets, cachets, troches, wafers, aerosol sprays, or liquids, such as but not limited to, syrups, elixirs, solutions or suspensions in an aqueous liquid, a non-aqueous liquid
- compositions contain a predetermined amount of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the disclosed compounds, and may be prepared by methods of pharmacy well known to those skilled in the art. See generally, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott, Williams, and Wilkins, Philadelphia Pa. (2005).
- a composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 can be administered directly to the airways of a subject in the form of an aerosol or by nebulization.
- an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX in solution or suspension may be packaged in a pressurized aerosol container together with suitable propellants, for example, hydrocarbon propellants like propane, butane, or isobutane with conventional adjuvants.
- An inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 can also be administered in a non-pressurized form such as in a nebulizer or atomizer.
- nebulization is well known in the art to include reducing liquid to a fine spray.
- small liquid droplets of uniform size are produced from a larger body of liquid in a controlled manner.
- Nebulization can be achieved by any suitable means therefore, including by using many nebulizers known and marketed today.
- an AEROMIST pneumatic nebulizer available from Inhalation Plastic, Inc. of Niles, Ill.
- the active ingredients When the active ingredients are adapted to be administered, either together or individually, via nebulizer(s) they can be in the form of a nebulized aqueous suspension or solution, with or without a suitable pH or tonicity adjustment, either as a unit dose or multidose device.
- any suitable gas can be used to apply pressure during the nebulization, with preferred gases to date being those which are chemically inert to a modulator of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1.
- gases including, but are not limited to, nitrogen, argon or helium can be used to high advantage.
- an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 can also be administered directly to the airways in the form of a dry powder.
- an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 can be administered by use of an inhaler.
- exemplary inhalers include metered dose inhalers and dry powdered inhalers.
- a metered dose inhaler or “MDI” is a pressure resistant canister or container filled with a product such as a pharmaceutical composition dissolved in a liquefied propellant or micronized particles suspended in a liquefied propellant.
- the propellants which can be used include chlorofluorocarbons, hydrocarbons or hydrofluoroalkanes.
- Especially preferred propellants are P134a (tetrafluoroethane) and P227 (heptafluoropropane) each of which may be used alone or in combination.
- compositions are optionally used in combination with one or more other propellants and/or one or more surfactants and/or one or more other excipients, for example ethanol, a lubricant, an anti-oxidant and/or a stabilizing agent.
- propellants and/or one or more surfactants and/or one or more other excipients for example ethanol, a lubricant, an anti-oxidant and/or a stabilizing agent.
- excipients for example ethanol, a lubricant, an anti-oxidant and/or a stabilizing agent.
- a dry powder inhaler i.e. Turbuhaler (Astra AB) is a system operable with a source of pressurized air to produce dry powder particles of a pharmaceutical composition that is compacted into a very small volume.
- Dry powder aerosols for inhalation therapy are generally produced with mean diameters primarily in the range of ⁇ 5 ⁇ m. As the diameter of particles exceeds 3 ⁇ m, there is increasingly less phagocytosis by macrophages. However, increasing the particle size also has been found to minimize the probability of particles (possessing standard mass density) entering the airways and acini due to excessive deposition in the oropharyngeal or nasal regions.
- Suitable powder compositions include, by way of illustration, powdered preparations of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 thoroughly intermixed with lactose, or other inert powders acceptable for intrabronchial administration.
- the powder compositions can be administered via an aerosol dispenser or encased in a breakable capsule which may be inserted by the patient into a device that punctures the capsule and blows the powder out in a steady stream suitable for inhalation.
- the compositions can include propellants, surfactants, and co-solvents and may be filled into conventional aerosol containers that are closed by a suitable metering valve.
- Aerosols for the delivery to the respiratory tract are known in the art. See for example, Adjei, A. and Garren, J. Pharm. Res., 1: 565-569 (1990); Zanen, P. and Lamm, J.-W. J. Int. J. Pharm., 114: 111-115 (1995); Gonda, I. “Aerosols for delivery of therapeutic an diagnostic agents to the respiratory tract,” in Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 6:273-313 (1990); Anderson et al., Am. Rev. Respir.
- Conventional dosage forms generally provide rapid or immediate drug release from the formulation. Depending on the pharmacology and pharmacokinetics of the drug, use of conventional dosage forms can lead to wide fluctuations in the concentrations of the drug in a patient's blood and other tissues. These fluctuations can impact a number of parameters, such as dose frequency, onset of action, duration of efficacy, maintenance of therapeutic blood levels, toxicity, side effects, and the like.
- controlled-release formulations can be used to control a drug's onset of action, duration of action, plasma levels within the therapeutic window, and peak blood levels.
- controlled- or extended-release dosage forms or formulations can be used to ensure that the maximum effectiveness of a drug is achieved while minimizing potential adverse effects and safety concerns, which can occur both from under-dosing a drug (i.e., going below the minimum therapeutic levels) as well as exceeding the toxicity level for the drug.
- the inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 can be administered in a sustained release formulation.
- Controlled-release pharmaceutical products have a common goal of improving drug therapy over that achieved by their non-controlled release counterparts.
- the use of an optimally designed controlled-release preparation in medical treatment is characterized by a minimum of drug substance being employed to cure or control the condition in a minimum amount of time.
- Advantages of controlled-release formulations include: 1) extended activity of the drug; 2) reduced dosage frequency; 3) increased patient compliance; 4) usage of less total drug; 5) reduction in local or systemic side effects; 6) minimization of drug accumulation; 7) reduction in blood level fluctuations; 8) improvement in efficacy of treatment; 9) reduction of potentiation or loss of drug activity; and 10) improvement in speed of control of diseases or conditions. Kim, Cherng-ju, Controlled Release Dosage Form Design, 2 (Technomic Publishing, Lancaster, Pa.: 2000).
- Controlled-release formulations are designed to initially release an amount of drug (active ingredient) that promptly produces the desired therapeutic effect, and gradually and continually release other amounts of drug to maintain this level of therapeutic or prophylactic effect over an extended period of time. In order to maintain this constant level of drug in the body, the drug must be released from the dosage form at a rate that will replace the amount of drug being metabolized and excreted from the body.
- Controlled-release of an active ingredient can be stimulated by various conditions including, but not limited to, pH, ionic strength, osmotic pressure, temperature, enzymes, water, and other physiological conditions or compounds.
- a variety of known controlled- or extended-release dosage forms, formulations, and devices can be adapted for use with the salts and compositions of the disclosure. Examples include, but are not limited to, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809; 3,598,123; 4,008,719; 5,674,533; 5,059,595; 5,591,767; 5,120,548; 5,073,543; 5,639,476; 5,354,556; 5,733,566; and 6,365,185 B1; each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- dosage forms can be used to provide slow or controlled-release of one or more active ingredients using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, other polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems (such as OROS® (Alza Corporation, Mountain View, Calif. USA)), or a combination thereof to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions.
- active ingredients for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, other polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems (such as OROS® (Alza Corporation, Mountain View, Calif. USA)), or a combination thereof to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions.
- OROS® Alza Corporation, Mountain View, Calif. USA
- the methods described herein can further comprise administering a second agent and/or treatment to the subject, e.g. as part of a combinatorial therapy.
- a second agent and/or treatment known to be beneficial for subjects suffering from COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- agents and/or treatments include, but are not limited to, administration of a bronchodilator; administration of an inhaled steroid; administration of oxygen therapy; bullectomy; lung volume reduction surgery; and smoking cessation.
- an effective dose of a composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 as described herein can be administered to a patient once.
- an effective dose of a composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 can be administered to a patient repeatedly.
- subjects can be administered a therapeutic amount of a composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1, such as, e.g.
- 0.1 mg/kg 0.5 mg/kg, 1.0 mg/kg, 2.0 mg/kg, 2.5 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 15 mg/kg, 20 mg/kg, 25 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg, 40 mg/kg, 50 mg/kg, or more.
- the treatments can be administered on a less frequent basis. For example, after treatment biweekly for three months, treatment can be repeated once per month, for six months or a year or longer.
- Treatment according to the methods described herein can reduce levels of a marker or symptom of a condition, e.g. by at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80% or at least 90% or more.
- the dosage of a composition as described herein can be determined by a physician and adjusted, as necessary, to suit observed effects of the treatment. With respect to duration and frequency of treatment, it is typical for skilled clinicians to monitor subjects in order to determine when the treatment is providing therapeutic benefit, and to determine whether to increase or decrease dosage, increase or decrease administration frequency, discontinue treatment, resume treatment, or make other alterations to the treatment regimen.
- the dosing schedule can vary from once a week to daily depending on a number of clinical factors, such as the subject's sensitivity to the active ingredient.
- the desired dose or amount of activation can be administered at one time or divided into subdoses, e.g., 2-4 subdoses and administered over a period of time, e.g., at appropriate intervals through the day or other appropriate schedule.
- administration can be chronic, e.g., one or more doses and/or treatments daily over a period of weeks or months.
- dosing and/or treatment schedules are administration daily, twice daily, three times daily or four or more times daily over a period of 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, or 6 months, or more.
- a composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 can be administered over a period of time, such as over a 5 minute, 10 minute, 15 minute, 20 minute, or 25 minute period.
- the dosage ranges for the administration of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1, according to the methods described herein depend upon, for example, the form of the inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1, its potency, and the extent to which symptoms, markers, or indicators of a condition described herein are desired to be reduced, for example the percentage reduction desired for inflammation or the extent to which, for example, NLRX1 expression levels are desired to be induced.
- the dosage should not be so large as to cause adverse side effects.
- the dosage will vary with the age, condition, and sex of the patient and can be determined by one of skill in the art.
- the dosage can also be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any complication.
- an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 in, e.g. the treatment of a condition described herein, or to induce a response as described herein (e.g. NLRX1 activity and/or expression) can be determined by the skilled clinician.
- a treatment is considered “effective treatment,” as the term is used herein, if one or more of the signs or symptoms of a condition described herein are altered in a beneficial manner, other clinically accepted symptoms are improved, or even ameliorated, or a desired response is induced e.g., by at least 10% following treatment according to the methods described herein.
- Efficacy can be assessed, for example, by measuring a marker, indicator, symptom, and/or the incidence of a condition treated according to the methods described herein or any other measurable parameter appropriate. Efficacy can also be measured by a failure of an individual to worsen as assessed by hospitalization, or need for medical interventions (i.e., progression of the disease is halted). Methods of measuring these indicators are known to those of skill in the art and/or are described herein. Treatment includes any treatment of a disease in an individual or an animal (some non-limiting examples include a human or an animal) and includes: (1) inhibiting the disease, e.g., preventing a worsening of symptoms (e.g.
- an effective amount for the treatment of a disease means that amount which, when administered to a subject in need thereof, is sufficient to result in effective treatment as that term is defined herein, for that disease.
- Efficacy of an agent can be determined by assessing physical indicators of a condition or desired response, (e.g. NLRX1 activity and/or expression). It is well within the ability of one skilled in the art to monitor efficacy of administration and/or treatment by measuring any one of such parameters, or any combination of parameters. Efficacy can be assessed in animal models of a condition described herein, for example treatment of emphysema and/or COPD. When using an experimental animal model, efficacy of treatment is evidenced when a statistically significant change in a marker is observed, e.g. lung volume, surface area, and/or chord length.
- a marker e.g. lung volume, surface area, and/or chord length.
- In vitro and animal model assays are provided herein which allow the assessment of a given dose of inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1.
- the effects of a dose of inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 can be assessed by measuring the levels of expression of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S, type 1 IFNs, caspase 1, IL-1 ⁇ , and/or IL-18, where increased NLRX1 levels and/or activity results in decreased levels of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S, type 1 IFNs, caspase 1, IL-1 ⁇ , and/or IL-18 and where decreased MAVS levels and/or activity results in decreased levels of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S, type 1 IFNs, caspase 1, IL-1 ⁇ , and/or IL-18.
- mice can be exposed to cigarette smoke and a therapeutic agent or control intranasally.
- Lung tissue can be harvested at the desired time point and mean chord length and the surface area of the lungs determined following stereological analysis of the lungs according to the ATS/ERS guidelines. Briefly, the left lung can be inflated with 0.5% low temperature-melting agarose in 10% buffered formalin fixative at a constant pressure of 25 cm. After the fixation, lung volume (V L ) of the left lung was determined by the water immersion method. Images can be taken equally spaced and systematically placed meander-like over the whole surface of the lung sections.
- Pictures can be quantitatively analyzed by using a test system of points and lines superimposed over the digital images via the STEPanizerTM program.
- the intersecting points falling on alveolar space (Pa), alveolar ducts (Pd), and points falling on septum (Ps) can be counted separately among total points (Ptotal).
- kits for performing any of the assays and/or methods described herein can comprise a NLRX1-specific reagent.
- kits are any manufacture (e.g., a package or container) comprising at least one reagent, e.g., an antibody reagent(s) or nucleic acid probe, for specifically detecting, e.g., a NLRX1 expression product or fragment thereof, the manufacture being promoted, distributed, or sold as a unit for performing the methods or assays described herein.
- reagent e.g., an antibody reagent(s) or nucleic acid probe
- the reagents e.g., detection probes
- the reagents or systems can be selected such that a positive result is obtained in at least about 20%, at least about 40%, at least about 60%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 99% or in 100% of subjects having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage.
- kits for the detection of a NLRX1 expression product in a sample comprising at least a first NLRX1-specific reagent as described herein which specifically binds the NLRX1 expression product, on a solid support and comprising a detectable label.
- the kits described herein include reagents and/or components that permit assaying the level of an expression product in a sample obtained from a subject (e.g., a biological sample obtained from a subject).
- the kits described herein can optionally comprise additional components useful for performing the methods and assays described herein.
- a kit can further comprise devices and/or reagents for concentrating an expression product (e.g, a polypeptide) in a sample, e.g. a plasma sample.
- an expression product e.g. a polypeptide
- a sample e.g. a plasma sample.
- ultrafiltration devices permitting, e.g., protein concentration from plasma can also be included as a kit component.
- a diagnostic or prognostic kit for use with the methods and assays disclosed herein contains detection reagents for NLRX1 expression products.
- detection reagents comprise in addition to NLRX1-specific reagents, for example, buffer solutions, labels or washing liquids etc.
- the kit can comprise an amount of a known nucleic acid and/or polypeptide, which can be used for a calibration of the kit or as an internal control.
- a diagnostic kit for the detection of an expression product can also comprise accessory ingredients like secondary affinity ligands, e.g., secondary antibodies, detection dyes and any other suitable compound or liquid necessary for the performance of a expression product detection method known to the person skilled in the art. Such ingredients are known to the person skilled in the art and may vary depending on the detection method carried out.
- the kit may comprise an instruction leaflet and/or may provide information as to the relevance of the obtained results.
- the invention described herein is directed to systems (and computer readable media for causing computer systems) for obtaining data from at least one sample obtained from at least one subject, the system comprising 1) a measuring module configured to receive the at least one sample and perform at least one analysis on the at least one sample to determine the level and/or activity of NLRX1 in the sample; 2) a storage device configured to store data output from the determination module; and 3) a display module for displaying a content based in part on the data output from the determination module, wherein the content comprises a signal indicative of the level and/or activity of NRLX1.
- a system comprising: (a) at least one memory containing at least one computer program adapted to control the operation of the computer system to implement a method that includes a measuring module configured to measure the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; a storage module configured to store output data from the determination module; a comparison module adapted to compare the data stored on the storage module with a reference level, and to provide a retrieved content, and a display module for displaying whether the sample comprises a level of NRLX1 which is significantly decreases relative to the reference expression level and/or displaying the relative level of NRLX1 and (b) at least one processor for executing the computer program (see FIG. 17 ).
- the term “computer” can refer to any non-human apparatus that is capable of accepting a structured input, processing the structured input according to prescribed rules, and producing results of the processing as output.
- Examples of a computer include: a computer; a general purpose computer; a supercomputer; a mainframe; a super mini-computer; a mini-computer; a workstation; a micro-computer; a server; an interactive television; a hybrid combination of a computer and an interactive television; a tablet; and application-specific hardware to emulate a computer and/or software.
- a computer can have a single processor or multiple processors, which can operate in parallel and/or not in parallel.
- a computer also refers to two or more computers connected together via a network for transmitting or receiving information between the computers.
- An example of such a computer includes a distributed computer system for processing information via computers linked by a network.
- computer-readable medium may refer to any storage device used for storing data accessible by a computer, as well as any other means for providing access to data by a computer.
- Examples of a storage-device-type computer-readable medium include: a magnetic hard disk; a floppy disk; an optical disk, such as a CD-ROM and a DVD; a magnetic tape; a memory chip.
- the term a “computer system” may refer to a system having a computer, where the computer comprises a computer-readable medium embodying software to operate the computer.
- the term “software” is used interchangeably herein with “program” and refers to prescribed rules to operate a computer. Examples of software include: software; code segments; instructions; computer programs; and programmed logic.
- the computer readable storage media can be any available tangible media that can be accessed by a computer.
- Computer readable storage media includes volatile and nonvolatile, removable and non-removable tangible media implemented in any method or technology for storage of information such as computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other data.
- Computer readable storage media includes, but is not limited to, RAM (random access memory), ROM (read only memory), EPROM (erasable programmable read only memory), EEPROM (electrically erasable programmable read only memory), flash memory or other memory technology, CD-ROM (compact disc read only memory), DVDs (digital versatile disks) or other optical storage media, magnetic cassettes, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage media, other types of volatile and non-volatile memory, and any other tangible medium which can be used to store the desired information and which can accessed by a computer including and any suitable combination of the foregoing.
- RAM random access memory
- ROM read only memory
- EPROM erasable programmable read only memory
- EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read only memory
- flash memory or other memory technology CD-ROM (compact disc read only memory), DVDs (digital versatile disks) or other optical storage media, magnetic cassettes, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage media, other types of volatile and non-vol
- Computer-readable data embodied on one or more computer-readable media may define instructions, for example, as part of one or more programs that, as a result of being executed by a computer, instruct the computer to perform one or more of the functions described herein, and/or various embodiments, variations and combinations thereof.
- Such instructions may be written in any of a plurality of programming languages, for example, Java, J#, Visual Basic, C, C#, C++, Fortran, Pascal, Eiffel, Basic, COBOL assembly language, and the like, or any of a variety of combinations thereof.
- the computer-readable media on which such instructions are embodied may reside on one or more of the components of either of a system, or a computer readable storage medium described herein, may be distributed across one or more of such components.
- the computer-readable media may be transportable such that the instructions stored thereon can be loaded onto any computer resource to implement the aspects of the present invention discussed herein.
- the instructions stored on the computer-readable medium, described above are not limited to instructions embodied as part of an application program running on a host computer. Rather, the instructions may be embodied as any type of computer code (e.g., software or microcode) that can be employed to program a computer to implement aspects of the present invention.
- the computer executable instructions may be written in a suitable computer language or combination of several languages.
- Embodiments of the invention can be described through functional modules, which are defined by computer executable instructions recorded on computer readable media and which cause a computer to perform method steps when executed.
- the modules are segregated by function for the sake of clarity. However, it should be understood that the modules/systems need not correspond to discreet blocks of code and the described functions can be carried out by the execution of various code portions stored on various media and executed at various times. Furthermore, it should be appreciated that the modules can perform other functions, thus the modules are not limited to having any particular functions or set of functions.
- the functional modules of certain embodiments of the invention include at minimum a measuring module, a storage module, a computing module, and a display module.
- the functional modules can be executed on one, or multiple, computers, or by using one, or multiple, computer networks.
- the measuring module has computer executable instructions to provide e.g., levels of expression products etc in computer readable form.
- the measuring module can comprise any system for detecting a signal elicited from an assay to determine the level and/or activity of NLRX1 described above herein.
- such systems can include an instrument, e.g., AU2700 (Beckman Coulter Brea, Calif.) as described herein for quantitative measurement of polypeptides or e.g., a real time PCR machine, e.g. a LIGHTCYCLERTM (Roche).
- the measuring module can measure the intensity of a detectable signal from an assay indicating the level of NLRX1 polypeptide in the test sample.
- the assay can be an immunoassay.
- the measuring module can measure the intensity of a detectable signal from a RT-PCR assay indicating the level of NLRX1 RNA transcript in the test sample.
- the information determined in the determination system can be read by the storage module.
- the “storage module” is intended to include any suitable computing or processing apparatus or other device configured or adapted for storing data or information. Examples of electronic apparatus suitable for use with the present invention include stand-alone computing apparatus, data telecommunications networks, including local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN), Internet, Intranet, and Extranet, and local and distributed computer processing systems. Storage modules also include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, hard disc storage media, magnetic tape, optical storage media such as CD-ROM, DVD, electronic storage media such as RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM and the like, general hard disks and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media.
- the storage module is adapted or configured for having recorded thereon, for example, sample name, biomolecule assayed and the level of said biomolecule.
- Such information may be provided in digital form that can be transmitted and read electronically, e.g., via the Internet, on diskette, via USB (universal serial bus) or via any other suitable mode of communication.
- stored refers to a process for encoding information on the storage module.
- Those skilled in the art can readily adopt any of the presently known methods for recording information on known media to generate manufactures comprising expression level information.
- the storage module stores the output data from the determination module.
- the storage module stores reference information such as levels of NLRX1 in healthy subjects and/or a population of healthy subjects.
- the “computing module” can use a variety of available software programs and formats for computing the level of NLRX1. Such algorithms are well established in the art. A skilled artisan is readily able to determine the appropriate algorithms based on the size and quality of the sample and type of data.
- the data analysis tools and equations described herein can be implemented in the computing module of the invention.
- the computing module further comprises a comparison module, which compares the level of NLRX1 in a sample obtained from a subject as described herein with the mean value of NLRX1 in a population of healthy subjects ( FIG. 18 ).
- a comparison module can compare or match the output data with the mean value of NLRX1 in a population of healthy subjects.
- the mean value of NLRX1 in a population of healthy subjects can be pre-stored in the storage module.
- the comparison module can be configured using existing commercially-available or freely-available software for comparison purpose, and may be optimized for particular data comparisons that are conducted.
- the computing and/or comparison module can include an operating system (e.g., UNIX) on which runs a relational database management system, a World Wide Web application, and a World Wide Web server.
- World Wide Web application includes the executable code necessary for generation of database language statements (e.g., Structured Query Language (SQL) statements).
- SQL Structured Query Language
- the executables will include embedded SQL statements.
- the World Wide Web application may include a configuration file which contains pointers and addresses to the various software entities that comprise the server as well as the various external and internal databases which must be accessed to service user requests.
- the Configuration file also directs requests for server resources to the appropriate hardware—as may be necessary should the server be distributed over two or more separate computers.
- the World Wide Web server supports a TCP/IP protocol.
- Local networks such as this are sometimes referred to as “Intranets.”
- An advantage of such Intranets is that they allow easy communication with public domain databases residing on the World Wide Web (e.g., the GenBank or Swiss Pro World Wide Web site).
- users can directly access data (via Hypertext links for example) residing on Internet databases using a HTML interface provided by Web browsers and Web servers ( FIG. 19 ).
- the computing and/or comparison module provides a computer readable comparison result that can be processed in computer readable form by predefined criteria, or criteria defined by a user, to provide content based in part on the comparison result that may be stored and output as requested by a user using an output module, e.g., a display module.
- an output module e.g., a display module.
- the content displayed on the display module can be the level of NLRX1 in the sample obtained from a subject. In some embodiments, the content displayed on the display module can be the relative level of NLRX1 in the sample obtained from a subject as compared to the mean level of NRLX1 in a population of healthy subjects. In some embodiments, if the computing module determines that the level of NRLX1 in the test sample obtained from a subject is less by a statistically significant amount than the reference level, the display module displays a signal indicating that the levels in the sample obtained from a subject are less than those of the reference level. In some embodiments, the signal indicates the subject is in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- the signal indicates the degree to which the level of NRLX1 in the sample obtained from a subject varies from the reference level.
- the content displayed on the display module can indicate whether the subject has an increased likelihood of having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- the content displayed on the display module can be a numerical value indicating one of these risks or probabilities.
- the probability can be expressed in percentages or a fraction. For example, higher percentage or a fraction closer to 1 indicates a higher likelihood of a subject having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- the content displayed on the display module can be single word or phrases to qualitatively indicate a risk or probability.
- a word “unlikely” can be used to indicate a lower risk for having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage, while “likely” can be used to indicate a high risk for having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- the content based on the computing and/or comparison result is displayed on a computer monitor. In one embodiment of the invention, the content based on the computing and/or comparison result is displayed through printable media.
- the display module can be any suitable device configured to receive from a computer and display computer readable information to a user. Non-limiting examples include, for example, general-purpose computers such as those based on Intel PENTIUM-type processor, Motorola PowerPC, Sun UltraSPARC, Hewlett-Packard PA-RISC processors, any of a variety of processors available from Advanced Micro Devices (AMD) of Sunnyvale, Calif., or any other type of processor, visual display devices such as flat panel displays, cathode ray tubes and the like, as well as computer printers of various types.
- AMD Advanced Micro Devices
- a World Wide Web browser is used for providing a user interface for display of the content based on the computing/comparison result. It should be understood that other modules of the invention can be adapted to have a web browser interface. Through the Web browser, a user can construct requests for retrieving data from the computing/comparison module. Thus, the user will typically point and click to user interface elements such as buttons, pull down menus, scroll bars and the like conventionally employed in graphical user interfaces.
- Systems and computer readable media described herein are merely illustrative embodiments of the invention for determining the level and/or activity of NLRX1 in a sample obtained from a subject, and therefore are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. Variations of the systems and computer readable media described herein are possible and are intended to fall within the scope of the invention.
- the modules of the machine may assume numerous configurations. For example, function may be provided on a single machine or distributed over multiple machines.
- “decrease”, “reduced”, “reduction”, or “inhibit” are all used herein to mean a decrease by a statistically significant amount. In some embodiments, “reduce,” “reduction” or “decrease” or “inhibit” typically means a decrease by at least 10% as compared to a reference level (e.g.
- “reduction” or “inhibition” does not encompass a complete inhibition or reduction as compared to a reference level.
- “Complete inhibition” is a 100% inhibition as compared to a reference level.
- a decrease can be preferably down to a level accepted as within the range of normal for an individual without a given disorder.
- the terms “increased”, “increase”, “enhance”, or “activate” are all used herein to mean an increase by a statically significant amount.
- the terms “increased”, “increase”, “enhance”, or “activate” can mean an increase of at least 10% as compared to a reference level, for example an increase of at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or at least about 60%, or at least about 70%, or at least about 80%, or at least about 90% or up to and including a 100% increase or any increase between 10-100% as compared to a reference level, or at least about a 2-fold, or at least about a 3-fold, or at least about a 4-fold, or at least about a 5-fold or at least about a 10-fold increase, or any increase between 2-fold and 10-fold or greater as compared to a reference level.
- a “increase” is a statistically significant increase in such level.
- a “subject” means a human or animal. Usually the animal is a vertebrate such as a primate, rodent, domestic animal or game animal. Primates include chimpanzees, cynomologous monkeys, spider monkeys, and macaques, e.g., Rhesus. Rodents include mice, rats, woodchucks, ferrets, rabbits and hamsters.
- Domestic and game animals include cows, horses, pigs, deer, bison, buffalo, feline species, e.g., domestic cat, canine species, e.g., dog, fox, wolf, avian species, e.g., chicken, emu, ostrich, and fish, e.g., trout, catfish and salmon.
- the subject is a mammal, e.g., a primate, e.g., a human.
- the terms, “individual,” “patient” and “subject” are used interchangeably herein.
- the subject is a mammal.
- the mammal can be a human, non-human primate, mouse, rat, dog, cat, horse, or cow, but is not limited to these examples. Mammals other than humans can be advantageously used as subjects that represent animal models of COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- a subject can be male or female.
- engineered refers to the aspect of having been manipulated by the hand of man.
- a NLRX1 polypeptide is considered to be “engineered” when the sequence of the polypeptide and/or encoding nucleic acid sequence manipulated by the hand of man to differ from the sequence of an polypeptide as it exists in nature.
- progeny and copies of an engineered polynucleotide and/or polypeptide are typically still referred to as “engineered” even though the actual manipulation was performed on a prior entity.
- recombinant refers to a cell, tissue or organism that has undergone transformation with a new combination of genes or DNA.
- “recombinant” refers to a combination of nucleic acid molecules that are joined together using recombinant DNA technology into a progeny nucleic acid molecule, and/or a heterologous nucleic acid sequence introduced into a cell, tissue, or organism.
- “recombinant” refers to a polypeptide which is the expression product of a recombinant nucleic acid, and can be such a polypeptide as produced by a recombinant cell, tissue, or organism.
- the nucleic acid molecule can be stably integrated into the genome of the host or the nucleic acid molecule can also be present as an extrachromosomal molecule. Such an extrachromosomal molecule can be auto-replicating. Recombinant viruses, cells, and organisms are understood to encompass not only the end product of a transformation process, but also recombinant progeny thereof.
- a subject can be one who has been previously diagnosed with or identified as suffering from or having a condition in need of treatment (e.g. COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage) or one or more complications related to such a condition, and optionally, have already undergone treatment for the condition or the one or more complications related to the condition.
- a subject can also be one who has not been previously diagnosed as having a condition or one or more complications related to the condition.
- a subject can be one who exhibits one or more risk factors for a condition or one or more complications related to the condition or a subject who does not exhibit risk factors.
- a “subject in need” of treatment for a particular condition can be a subject having that condition, diagnosed as having that condition, or at risk of developing that condition.
- protein and “polypeptide” are used interchangeably herein to designate a series of amino acid residues, connected to each other by peptide bonds between the alpha-amino and carboxy groups of adjacent residues.
- protein and “polypeptide” refer to a polymer of amino acids, including modified amino acids (e.g., phosphorylated, glycated, glycosylated, etc.) and amino acid analogs, regardless of its size or function.
- Protein and “polypeptide” are often used in reference to relatively large polypeptides, whereas the term “peptide” is often used in reference to small polypeptides, but usage of these terms in the art overlaps.
- polypeptide proteins and “polypeptide” are used interchangeably herein when referring to a gene product and fragments thereof.
- exemplary polypeptides or proteins include gene products, naturally occurring proteins, homologs, orthologs, paralogs, fragments and other equivalents, variants, fragments, and analogs of the foregoing.
- a particular “polypeptide”, e.g. a NLRX1 polypeptide can include the human polypeptide (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 2); as well as homologs from other species, including but not limited to bovine, dog, cat chicken, murine, rat, porcine, ovine, turkey, horse, fish, baboon and other primates.
- the terms also refer to fragments or variants of the native polypeptide that maintain at least 50% of the activity or effect of the native full length polypeptide, e.g. as measured in an appropriate animal model. Conservative substitution variants that maintain the activity of wildtype polypeptides will include a conservative substitution as defined herein.
- amino acids most likely to be tolerant of conservative substitution while maintaining at least 50% of the activity of the wildtype is guided by, for example, sequence alignment with homologs or paralogs from other species. Amino acids that are identical between homologs are less likely to tolerate change, while those showing conservative differences are obviously much more likely to tolerate conservative change in the context of an artificial variant. Similarly, positions with non-conservative differences are less likely to be critical to function and more likely to tolerate conservative substitution in an artificial variant. Variants can be tested for activity, for example, by administering the variant to an appropriate animal model of allograft rejection as described herein.
- a polypeptide e.g., a NLRx1 polypeptide
- a polypeptide can be a variant of a sequence described herein, e.g. a variant of a NLRX1 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2.
- the variant is a conservative substitution variant.
- Variants can be obtained by mutations of native nucleotide sequences, for example.
- a “variant,” as referred to herein, is a polypeptide substantially homologous to a native or reference polypeptide, but which has an amino acid sequence different from that of the native or reference polypeptide because of one or a plurality of deletions, insertions or substitutions.
- Polypeptide-encoding DNA sequences encompass sequences that comprise one or more additions, deletions, or substitutions of nucleotides when compared to a native or reference DNA sequence, but that encode a variant protein or fragment thereof that retains the relevant biological activity relative to the reference protein, e.g., at least 50% of the wildtype reference protein.
- amino acid sequences one of skill will recognize that individual substitutions, deletions or additions to a nucleic acid, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence which alters a single amino acid or a small percentage, (i.e. 5% or fewer, e.g.
- 4% or fewer, or 3% or fewer, or 1% or fewer) of amino acids in the encoded sequence is a “conservatively modified variant” where the alteration results in the substitution of an amino acid with a chemically similar amino acid. It is contemplated that some changes can potentially improve the relevant activity, such that a variant, whether conservative or note, has more than 100% of the activity of wildtype, e.g. 110%, 125%, 150%, 175%, 200%, 500%, 1000% or more.
- One method of identifying amino acid residues which can be substituted is to align, for example, the human polypeptide to a homolog from one or more non-human species. Alignment can provide guidance regarding not only residues likely to be necessary for function but also, conversely, those residues likely to tolerate change. Where, for example, an alignment shows two identical or similar amino acids at corresponding positions, it is more likely that that site is important functionally. Where, conversely, alignment shows residues in corresponding positions to differ significantly in size, charge, hydrophobicity, etc., it is more likely that that site can tolerate variation in a functional polypeptide.
- the variant amino acid or DNA sequence can be at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or more, identical to a native or reference sequence, e.g. SEQ ID NOs: 2 or 4 or a nucleic acid encoding one of those amino acid sequences.
- the degree of homology (percent identity) between a native and a mutant sequence can be determined, for example, by comparing the two sequences using freely available computer programs commonly employed for this purpose on the world wide web.
- the variant amino acid or DNA sequence can be at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or more, similar to the sequence from which it is derived (referred to herein as an “original” sequence).
- the degree of similarity (percent similarity) between an original and a mutant sequence can be determined, for example, by using a similarity matrix. Similarity matrices are well known in the art and a number of tools for comparing two sequences using similarity matrices are freely available online, e.g. BLASTp (available on the world wide web at http://blast.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov), with default parameters set.
- a given amino acid can be replaced by a residue having similar physiochemical characteristics, e.g., substituting one aliphatic residue for another (such as Ile, Val, Leu, or Ala for one another), or substitution of one polar residue for another (such as between Lys and Arg; Glu and Asp; or Gln and Asn).
- Other such conservative substitutions e.g., substitutions of entire regions having similar hydrophobicity characteristics, are well known.
- Polypeptides comprising conservative amino acid substitutions can be tested in any one of the assays described herein to confirm that a desired activity of a native or reference polypeptide is retained.
- Conservative substitution tables providing functionally similar amino acids are well known in the art.
- conservatively modified variants are in addition to and do not exclude polymorphic variants, interspecies homologs, and alleles consistent with the disclosure.
- conservative substitutions for one another include: 1) Alanine (A), Glycine (G); 2) Aspartic acid (D), Glutamic acid (E); 3) Asparagine (N), Glutamine (Q); 4) Arginine (R), Lysine (K); 5) Isoleucine (I), Leucine (L), Methionine (M), Valine (V); 6) Phenylalanine (F), Tyrosine (Y), Tryptophan (W); 7) Serine (S), Threonine (T); and 8) Cysteine (C), Methionine (M) (see, e.g., Creighton, Proteins (1984)).
- cysteine residues not involved in maintaining the proper conformation of the polypeptide also can be substituted, generally with serine, to improve the oxidative stability of the molecule and prevent aberrant crosslinking.
- cysteine bond(s) can be added to the polypeptide to improve its stability or facilitate oligomerization.
- a polypeptide e.g., a NLRX1 polypeptide
- administered to a subject can comprise one or more amino acid substitutions or modifications.
- the substitutions and/or modifications can prevent or reduce proteolytic degradation and/or prolong half-life of the polypeptide in the subject.
- a polypeptide can be modified by conjugating or fusing it to other polypeptide or polypeptide domains such as, by way of non-limiting example, transferrin (WO06096515A2), albumin (Yeh et al., 1992), growth hormone (US2003104578AA); cellulose (Levy and Shoseyov, 2002); and/or Fc fragments (Ashkenazi and Chamow, 1997).
- transferrin WO06096515A2
- albumin Yeh et al., 1992
- growth hormone US2003104578AA
- cellulose Levy and Shoseyov, 2002
- Fc fragments Ashkenazi and Chamow, 1997
- a polypeptide e.g., an NLRX1 polypeptide, as described herein can comprise at least one peptide bond replacement.
- a single peptide bond or multiple peptide bonds e.g. 2 bonds, 3 bonds, 4 bonds, 5 bonds, or 6 or more bonds, or all the peptide bonds can be replaced.
- An isolated peptide as described herein can comprise one type of peptide bond replacement or multiple types of peptide bond replacements, e.g. 2 types, 3 types, 4 types, 5 types, or more types of peptide bond replacements.
- Non-limiting examples of peptide bond replacements include urea, thiourea, carbamate, sulfonyl urea, trifluoroethylamine, ortho-(aminoalkyl)-phenylacetic acid, para-(aminoalkyl)-phenylacetic acid, meta-(aminoalkyl)-phenylacetic acid, thioamide, tetrazole, boronic ester, olefinic group, and derivatives thereof.
- a polypeptide e.g., a NLRX1 polypeptide, as described herein can comprise naturally occurring amino acids commonly found in polypeptides and/or proteins produced by living organisms, e.g. Ala (A), Val (V), Leu (L), Ile (I), Pro (P), Phe (F), Trp (W), Met (M), Gly (G), Ser (S), Thr (T), Cys (C), Tyr (Y), Asn (N), Gln (Q), Asp (D), Glu (E), Lys (K), Arg (R), and His (H).
- an NLRX1 polypeptide as described herein can comprise alternative amino acids.
- Non-limiting examples of alternative amino acids include, D-amino acids; beta-amino acids; homocysteine, phosphoserine, phosphothreonine, phosphotyrosine, hydroxyproline, gamma-carboxyglutamate; hippuric acid, octahydroindole-2-carboxylic acid, statine, 1,2,3,4,-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, penicillamine (3-mercapto-D-valine), ornithine, citruline, alpha-methyl-alanine, para-benzoylphenylalanine, para-amino phenylalanine, p-fluorophenylalanine, phenylglycine, propargylglycine, sarcosine, and tert-butylglycine), diaminobutyric acid, 7-hydroxy-tetrahydroisoquinoline carboxylic acid, naphthylalan
- a polypeptide e.g. a NLRX1 polypeptide
- a polypeptide as described herein can comprise one or more moiety molecules, e.g. 1 or more moiety molecules per peptide, 2 or more moiety molecules per peptide, 5 or more moiety molecules per peptide, 10 or more moiety molecules per peptide or more moiety molecules per peptide.
- a polypeptide as described herein can comprise one more types of modifications and/or moieties, e.g. 1 type of modification, 2 types of modifications, 3 types of modifications or more types of modifications.
- Non-limiting examples of modifications and/or moieties include PEGylation; glycosylation; HESylation; ELPylation; lipidation; acetylation; amidation; end-capping modifications; cyano groups; phosphorylation; albumin, and cyclization.
- an end-capping modification can comprise acetylation at the N-terminus, N-terminal acylation, and N-terminal formylation.
- an end-capping modification can comprise amidation at the C-terminus, introduction of C-terminal alcohol, aldehyde, ester, and thioester moieties.
- the half-life of a polypeptide can be increased by the addition of moieties, e.g. PEG or albumin.
- the polypeptide administered to the subject can be a functional fragment of one of the amino acid sequences described herein.
- a “functional fragment” is a fragment or segment of a peptide which retains at least 50% of the wildtype reference polypeptide's activity according to the assays described below herein.
- a functional fragment can comprise conservative substitutions of the sequences disclosed herein.
- Alterations of the original amino acid sequence can be accomplished by any of a number of techniques known to one of skill in the art. Mutations can be introduced, for example, at particular loci by synthesizing oligonucleotides containing a mutant sequence, flanked by restriction sites permitting ligation to fragments of the native sequence. Following ligation, the resulting reconstructed sequence encodes an analog having the desired amino acid insertion, substitution, or deletion. Alternatively, oligonucleotide-directed site-specific mutagenesis procedures can be employed to provide an altered nucleotide sequence having particular codons altered according to the substitution, deletion, or insertion required. Techniques for making such alterations include those disclosed by Walder et al.
- a polypeptide as described herein can be chemically synthesized and mutations can be incorporated as part of the chemical synthesis process.
- a polypeptide e.g., a NLRX1 polypeptide, as described herein can be formulated as a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug.
- a “prodrug” refers to compounds that can be converted via some chemical or physiological process (e.g., enzymatic processes and metabolic hydrolysis) to a therapeutic agent.
- the term “prodrug” also refers to a precursor of a biologically active compound that is pharmaceutically acceptable.
- a prodrug may be inactive when administered to a subject, i.e. an ester, but is converted in vivo to an active compound, for example, by hydrolysis to the free carboxylic acid or free hydroxyl.
- prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in an organism.
- prodrug is also meant to include any covalently bonded carriers, which release the active compound in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subject.
- Prodrugs of an active compound may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the active compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent active compound.
- Prodrugs include compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the active compound is administered to a subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino or free mercapto group, respectively.
- prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of an alcohol or acetamide, formamide and benzamide derivatives of an amine functional group in the active compound and the like. See Harper, “Drug Latentiation” in Jucker, ed. Progress in Drug Research 4:221-294 (1962); Morozowich et al, “Application of Physical Organic Principles to Prodrug Design” in E. B. Roche ed. Design of Biopharmaceutical Properties through Prodrugs and Analogs , APHA Acad. Pharm. Sci. 40 (1977); Bioreversible Carriers in Drug in Drug Design, Theory and Application , E. B. Roche, ed., APHA Acad.
- a polypeptide as described herein can be a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate.
- solvate refers to a peptide as described herein in the solid state, wherein molecules of a suitable solvent are incorporated in the crystal lattice.
- a suitable solvent for therapeutic administration is physiologically tolerable at the dosage administered. Examples of suitable solvents for therapeutic administration are ethanol and water. When water is the solvent, the solvate is referred to as a hydrate.
- solvates are formed by dissolving the compound in the appropriate solvent and isolating the solvate by cooling or using an antisolvent. The solvate is typically dried or azeotroped under ambient conditions.
- the peptides of the present invention can be synthesized by using well known methods including recombinant methods and chemical synthesis.
- Recombinant methods of producing a peptide through the introduction of a vector including nucleic acid encoding the peptide into a suitable host cell is well known in the art, such as is described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2d Ed, Vols 1 to 8, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989); M. W. Pennington and B. M. Dunn, Methods in Molecular Biology: Peptide Synthesis Protocols, Vol 35, Humana Press, Totawa, N.J. (1994), contents of both of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- Peptides can also be chemically synthesized using methods well known in the art. See for example, Merrifield et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149 (1964); Bodanszky, M., Principles of Peptide Synthesis, Springer-Verlag, New York, N.Y. (1984); Kimmerlin, T. and Seebach, D. J. Pept. Res. 65:229-260 (2005); Nilsson et al., Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct. (2005) 34:91-118; W. C. Chan and P. D. White (Eds.) Fmoc Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, Cary, N.C. (2000); N.
- the technology described herein relates to a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide (e.g. a NLRX1 polypeptide) as described herein.
- a polypeptide e.g. a NLRX1 polypeptide
- the term “nucleic acid” or “nucleic acid sequence” refers to any molecule, preferably a polymeric molecule, incorporating units of ribonucleic acid, deoxyribonucleic acid or an analog thereof.
- the nucleic acid can be either single-stranded or double-stranded.
- a single-stranded nucleic acid can be one strand nucleic acid of a denatured double-stranded DNA. Alternatively, it can be a single-stranded nucleic acid not derived from any double-stranded DNA.
- the nucleic acid is DNA. In another aspect, the nucleic acid is RNA. Suitable nucleic acid molecules are DNA, including genomic DNA or cDNA. Other suitable nucleic acid molecules are RNA, including mRNA. The nucleic acid molecule can be naturally occurring, as in genomic DNA, or it may be synthetic, i.e., prepared based up human action, or may be a combination of the two.
- the nucleic acid molecule can also have certain modification such as 2′-deoxy, 2′-deoxy-2′-fluoro, 2′-O-methyl, 2′-O-methoxyethyl (2′-O-MOE), 2′-O-aminopropyl (2′-O-AP), 2′-O-dimethylaminoethyl (2′-O-DMAOE), 2′-O-dimethylaminopropyl (2′-O-DMAP), 2′-O-dimethylaminoethyloxyethyl (2′-O-DMAEOE), or 2′-O—N-methylacetamido (2′-O-NMA), cholesterol addition, and phosphorothioate backbone as described in US Patent Application 20070213292; and certain ribonucleoside that are is linked between the 2′-oxygen and the 4′-carbon atoms with a methylene unit as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,268,490, wherein both
- a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide as described herein is comprised by a vector.
- a nucleic acid sequence encoding a given polypeptide as described herein, or any module thereof is operably linked to a vector.
- the term “vector”, as used herein, refers to a nucleic acid construct designed for delivery to a host cell or for transfer between different host cells.
- a vector can be viral or non-viral.
- the term “vector” encompasses any genetic element that is capable of replication when associated with the proper control elements and that can transfer gene sequences to cells.
- a vector can include, but is not limited to, a cloning vector, an expression vector, a plasmid, phage, transposon, cosmid, chromosome, virus, virion, etc.
- expression vector refers to a vector that directs expression of an RNA or polypeptide from sequences linked to transcriptional regulatory sequences on the vector.
- the sequences expressed will often, but not necessarily, be heterologous to the cell.
- An expression vector may comprise additional elements, for example, the expression vector may have two replication systems, thus allowing it to be maintained in two organisms, for example in human cells for expression and in a prokaryotic host for cloning and amplification.
- expression refers to the cellular processes involved in producing RNA and proteins and as appropriate, secreting proteins, including where applicable, but not limited to, for example, transcription, transcript processing, translation and protein folding, modification and processing.
- “Expression products” include RNA transcribed from a gene, and polypeptides obtained by translation of mRNA transcribed from a gene.
- the term “gene” means the nucleic acid sequence which is transcribed (DNA) to RNA in vitro or in vivo when operably linked to appropriate regulatory sequences.
- the gene may or may not include regions preceding and following the coding region, e.g. 5′ untranslated (5′UTR) or “leader” sequences and 3′ UTR or “trailer” sequences, as well as intervening sequences (introns) between individual coding segments (exons).
- viral vector refers to a nucleic acid vector construct that includes at least one element of viral origin and has the capacity to be packaged into a viral vector particle.
- the viral vector can contain the nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide as described herein in place of non-essential viral genes.
- the vector and/or particle may be utilized for the purpose of transferring any nucleic acids into cells either in vitro or in vivo. Numerous forms of viral vectors are known in the art.
- recombinant vector is meant a vector that includes a heterologous nucleic acid sequence, or “transgene” that is capable of expression in vivo. It should be understood that the vectors described herein can, in some embodiments, be combined with other suitable compositions and therapies. In some embodiments, the vector is episomal. The use of a suitable episomal vector provides a means of maintaining the nucleotide of interest in the subject in high copy number extra chromosomal DNA thereby eliminating potential effects of chromosomal integration.
- an inhibitor of a given polypeptide can be an antibody reagent specific for that polypeptide.
- an “antibody” refers to IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD or IgE molecules or antigen-specific antibody fragments thereof (including, but not limited to, a Fab, F(ab′) 2 , Fv, disulphide linked Fv, scFv, single domain antibody, closed conformation multispecific antibody, disulphide-linked scfv, diabody), whether derived from any species that naturally produces an antibody, or created by recombinant DNA technology; whether isolated from serum, B-cells, hybridomas, transfectomas, yeast or bacteria.
- an “antigen” is a molecule that is bound by a binding site on an antibody agent.
- antigens are bound by antibody ligands and are capable of raising an antibody response in vivo.
- An antigen can be a polypeptide, protein, nucleic acid or other molecule or portion thereof.
- antigenic determinant refers to an epitope on the antigen recognized by an antigen-binding molecule, and more particularly, by the antigen-binding site of said molecule.
- an antibody reagent refers to a polypeptide that includes at least one immunoglobulin variable domain or immunoglobulin variable domain sequence and which specifically binds a given antigen.
- An antibody reagent can comprise an antibody or a polypeptide comprising an antigen-binding domain of an antibody.
- an antibody reagent can comprise a monoclonal antibody or a polypeptide comprising an antigen-binding domain of a monoclonal antibody.
- an antibody can include a heavy (H) chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VH), and a light (L) chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VL).
- an antibody in another example, includes two heavy (H) chain variable regions and two light (L) chain variable regions.
- antibody reagent encompasses antigen-binding fragments of antibodies (e.g., single chain antibodies, Fab and sFab fragments, F(ab′)2, Fd fragments, Fv fragments, scFv, and domain antibodies (dAb) fragments (see, e.g. de Wildt et al., Eur J. Immunol. 1996; 26(3):629-39; which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety)) as well as complete antibodies.
- An antibody can have the structural features of IgA, IgG, IgE, IgD, IgM (as well as subtypes and combinations thereof).
- Antibodies can be from any source, including mouse, rabbit, pig, rat, and primate (human and non-human primate) and primatized antibodies. Antibodies also include midibodies, humanized antibodies, chimeric antibodies, and the like.
- VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed “complementarity determining regions” (“CDR”), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed “framework regions” (“FR”).
- CDR complementarity determining regions
- FR framework regions
- the extent of the framework region and CDRs has been precisely defined (see, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242, and Chothia, C. et al. (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917; which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties).
- Each VH and VL is typically composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
- antigen-binding fragment or “antigen-binding domain”, which are used interchangeably herein are used to refer to one or more fragments of a full length antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to a target of interest.
- binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding fragment” of a full length antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment including two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) an Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) an Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546; which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety), which consists of a VH or VL
- specific binding refers to a chemical interaction between two molecules, compounds, cells and/or particles wherein the first entity binds to the second, target entity with greater specificity and affinity than it binds to a third entity which is a non-target.
- specific binding can refer to an affinity of the first entity for the second target entity which is at least 10 times, at least 50 times, at least 100 times, at least 500 times, at least 1000 times or greater than the affinity for the third nontarget entity.
- a reagent specific for a given target is one that exhibits specific binding for that target under the conditions of the assay being utilized.
- a recombinant humanized antibody can be further optimized to decrease potential immunogenicity, while maintaining functional activity, for therapy in humans.
- functional activity means a polypeptide capable of displaying one or more known functional activities associated with a recombinant antibody or antibody reagent thereof as described herein. Such functional activities include, e.g. the ability to bind to e.g., NLRX1 or MAVS.
- expression level refers to the number of mRNA molecules and/or polypeptide molecules encoded by a given gene that are present in a cell or sample. Expression levels can be increased or decreased relative to a reference level.
- the terms “treat,” “treatment,” “treating,” or “amelioration” refer to therapeutic treatments, wherein the object is to reverse, alleviate, ameliorate, inhibit, slow down or stop the progression or severity of a condition associated with a disease or disorder, e.g. COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- the term “treating” includes reducing or alleviating at least one adverse effect or symptom of a condition, disease or disorder associated with a condition.
- Treatment is generally “effective” if one or more symptoms or clinical markers are reduced. Alternatively, treatment is “effective” if the progression of a disease is reduced or halted.
- treatment includes not just the improvement of symptoms or markers, but also a cessation of, or at least slowing of, progress or worsening of symptoms compared to what would be expected in the absence of treatment.
- Beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of one or more symptom(s), diminishment of extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease, delay or slowing of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, remission (whether partial or total), and/or decreased mortality, whether detectable or undetectable.
- treatment also includes providing relief from the symptoms or side-effects of the disease (including palliative treatment).
- the term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to the active agent in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier e.g. a carrier commonly used in the pharmaceutical industry.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier e.g. a carrier commonly used in the pharmaceutical industry.
- pharmaceutically acceptable is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- administering refers to the placement of a compound as disclosed herein into a subject by a method or route which results in at least partial delivery of the agent at a desired site.
- Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds disclosed herein can be administered by any appropriate route which results in an effective treatment in the subject.
- statically significant or “significantly” refers to statistical significance and generally means a two standard deviation (2SD) or greater difference.
- compositions, methods, and respective component(s) thereof are used in reference to compositions, methods, and respective component(s) thereof, that are essential to the method or composition, yet open to the inclusion of unspecified elements, whether essential or not.
- compositions, methods, and respective components thereof as described herein, which are exclusive of any element not recited in that description of the embodiment.
- the term “consisting essentially of” refers to those elements required for a given embodiment. The term permits the presence of elements that do not materially affect the basic and novel or functional characteristic(s) of that embodiment.
- NLRX1 expression is significantly decreased in three COPD cohorts. This suppression correlated with disease severity and inversely with pulmonary function, quality of life and prognosis.
- CS inhibited murine NLRX1 and null mutations of NLRX1 augmented CS-induced inflammation, alveolar destruction, protease induction, structural cell apoptosis and inflammasome activation.
- null mutations of MAVS abrogated this CS-induced inflammation and remodeling.
- restoration of NLRX1 ameliorated CS-induced alveolar destruction significantly.
- CS inhibits NLRX1 which facilitates CS-induced and MAVS-dependent inflammatory, remodeling, protease, cell death and inflammasome responses.
- Cigarette smoke causes a broad spectrum of diseases characterized by inflammation and tissue remodeling including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), cancer and atherosclerosis (1-3). In many of these disorders the inflammation is believed to drive disease pathogenesis. This can be seen in, COPD, the fourth leading cause of death in the world, where pulmonary inflammation is believed to be causally related to the emphysema and other pathologic alterations in the lungs from these patients (3-5).
- CS regulates the inflammasome where it activates caspase 1 and IL-18(6, 7).
- IL-18 signaling also plays a key role in the pathogenesis of CS-induced inflammation and emphysema (6).
- the mechanism(s) that controls lung inflammasome activation at baseline and the alterations that CS induces to activate the inflammasome have not been defined.
- Mitochondria are cellular powerhouses that generate ATP and participate in other critical responses including calcium homeostasis, cell signaling, apoptosis, and aging (8). Recent studies also demonstrated that mitochondria play a critical role in cellular innate antiviral immunity (reviewed in references 9, 10). Viral infections are well known to play important roles in the pathogenesis of CS-induced disorders such as COPD (11,12). CS and viruses/viral PAMPs interact to induce exaggerated pulmonary inflammatory and remodeling responses and that MAVS (mitochondrial antiviral signaling molecule) plays a critical role in this interaction (5). MAVS isakily regulated by stimulators such as the RIG-like helicases that induce MAVS self-association and induce inflammation.
- MAVS mitochondrial protein, nucleotide-binding, leucine-rich repeats (NLR) molecule X1 (NLRX1) has been reported to inhibit virus activation of MAVS (14-16).
- mRNAs were extracted from fresh frozen lung tissues from the 7 controls and 36 patients with COPD in the NIH-sponsored Lung Tissue Research Consortium (LTRC) cohort. The latter contained 6, 10, 10 and 10 specimens from GOLD stage 1, 2, 3 and 4 individuals, respectively. The basic demographic characteristics of these patients are summarized in the Table 1.
- LTRC Lung Tissue Research Consortium
- NLRX1 expression correlated significantly with the patient's forced expiratory volume in one second (FEV 1 ; % predicted), an indicator of airflow limitation and a measure of COPD disease severity ( FIG. 1D-1E ).
- FEV 1 forced expiratory volume in one second
- NLRX1 gene expression also correlated with other measures of pulmonary function including diffusing capacity (DL CO ) and 6 minute-walking distance ( FIGS. 8A-8C and data not shown).
- DL CO diffusing capacity
- 6 minute-walking distance FIGS. 8A-8C and data not shown.
- the levels of NLRX1 mRNA also correlated inversely with the BODE index and scores on the St. George's Respiratory Questionnaire (SGRQ) ( FIG. 8B and data not shown) which are predictors of disease mortality and quality of life respectively.
- SGRQ Respiratory Questionnaire
- NLRX1 did not correlate with the BORG scale at rest (data not shown) they did correlate with the BORG scale at exercise termination ( FIG. 8C ).
- CXCL13 which is produced by lymphoid follicles in COPD (17) and inhibited via an NLRX1-dependent mechanism (see below) was significantly enhanced in patients with advanced stages of COPD where it correlated inversely with the expression of NLRX1 and also correlated with the patient's FEV 1 (%, predicted) and other clinical variables including DL CO , the BODE index and SGRQ scores. ( FIGS. 9 and 10A-10B and data not shown). These studies reinforce the relationships between the suppression of NLRX1 regulated pathways and abnormal pulmonary function and highlight the relationships between NLRX1 suppression and mortality, poor quality of life and exercise-induced dyspnea.
- NLRX1 In CS-induced responses, the effects of CS on NLRX1 expression in WT mice were characterized and the CS-induced tissue responses in WT and NLRX1 null mutant ( ⁇ / ⁇ ) animals were defined using previously described methodology (5, 6). NLRX1 mRNA and protein were readily appreciated in lungs and enriched mitochondria from WT mice ( FIG. 2A-2B ). Importantly the levels of pulmonary NLRX1 mRNA and NLRX1 protein were significantly decreased after CS exposure ( FIG. 2A-2B ).
- NLRX1 null mice were enhanced in NLRX1 null mice compared to those from WT mice.
- CS exposure caused a modest increase in CXCL13 in the lungs of WT mice and this gene expression was synergistically upregulated in the lungs of NLRX1 deficient mice after 3 months of CS exposure ( FIG. 13 ).
- studies were undertaken to determine if the NLRX1 supplementation could abrogate the phenotype in the CS exposed mice in vivo. In these experiments, a lentiviral gene delivery system was used to expose mice that had been given NLRX1 or controls to CS for 6 months.
- COPD chronic myelogenous leukemia
- studies of COPD and models of this disorder have highlighted the importance of antiviral innate immunity, protease excess, epithelial cell death, and inflammasome activation in disease pathogenesis (5, 6, 11, 19-23).
- the work described herein adds to and integrates these findings by demonstrating that mitochondria play an important role in the regulation of and the effector phase of CS-induced responses. Specifically they demonstrate that NLRX1 is an important inhibitor at baseline and that CS-stimulates inflammation and remodeling by suppressing NLRX1 which allows these MAVS-dependent responses to be seen.
- NLRX1 The inhibition of NLRX1 augmented antiviral innate immune responses, protease expression, cell death, and inflammasome activation thereby mechanistically integrating the present and prior observations.
- the disease relevance of these studies was also confirmed in studies that demonstrated that the expression of NLRX1 is decreased in lungs from patients with COPD where this suppression correlates with disease severity, abnormal pulmonary function, decreased quality of life and poor prognosis.
- CS chronic myelolism
- MAVS MAVS-dependent mechanism (5).
- MAVS also plays a crucial role in the inflammation and remodeling induced by CS alone.
- they also revise our understanding of the mechanism that CS uses to engender tissue alterations. Specifically, they demonstrate that optimal CS-induced responses are only seen when CS abrogates the inhibitory effects of NLRX1.
- NLRX1 is a member of the Nod-like receptor family of intracellular sensors of microbial-and danger-associated molecular patterns (15, 29). In early studies it was identified to be a negative regulator of MAVS, a key adapter molecule of M-RLH antiviral signaling (15). It is now known to be a negative modulator of LPS-induced TRAF6-NK- ⁇ B signaling and has been shown to regulate autophagy (14, 16, 30), bind to UQCRC2 in mitochondrial respiratory chain complex III and regulate mitochondrial production of reactive oxidant species (ROS)(31). This effector repertoire might have significant implications for the methods described herein because defects in autophagy/mitophagy lead to the accumulation of damaged, ROS producing, mitochondria which induce inflammasome activation (32).
- ROS reactive oxidant species
- MAVS also plays a role as a critical adaptor molecule in inflammasome activation (33). It is contemplated herein that NLRX1-inhibition of-MAVS-dependent inflammasome activation plays an important role in the pathogenesis of COPD.
- NLRX1 is suppressed in patients with COPD where the degree of suppression correlates with disease severity. It is also demonstrated that the effects of CS are mediated by an NLRX1-inhibited and MAVS-dependent pathway and that interventions that abrogate the CS-induced decrease in NLRX1 also abrogate CS-induced emphysema. These studies demonstrate that the suppression of NLRX1 is a critical event in CS-induced responses. It is also contemplated herein that the degree of NLRX1 suppression can be an important index of COPD severity and that polymorphisms or other alterations that decrease NLRX1 function can contribute to disease susceptibility.
- NLRX1 supplementation abrogates CS-induced alveolar destruction also indicates that interventions that prevent the inhibition of NLRX1, augment the effects of NLRX1, abrogate MAVS function or restore NLRX1 suppression can be therapeutically useful in this disorder.
- cytosol- and mitochondria-enriched fractions Separation of the cytosol- and mitochondria-enriched fractions was undertaken using Qproteome mitochondrial isolation kit (Qiagen) as per the manufacturer's instructions.
- Qiagen Qproteome mitochondrial isolation kit
- the left lung was inflated with 0.5% low temperature-melting agarose in 10% buffered formalin fixative at a constant pressure of 25 cm as described previously (5, 6).
- Alveolar size was estimated by the measurement of mean chord length of the air space as described previously (5, 6).
- GOLD Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD) stage range from stage 1 (GOLD 1) COPD, indicating mild disease, to stage IV (GOLD 4) COPD, indicating very severe disease.
- D LCO denotes diffusing capacity.
- the BODE index stands for body mass index (BMI), obstruction, dyspnea and exercise capacity.
- the SGRQ score denotes Saint George Respiratory Questionnaires score.
- the BORG scale at termination is the extent of perceived patient exertion that can be estimated by the Borg scale at the termination of exercise.
- the characteristics of these patients can be seen in Table 1b.
- subjects were patients who required resection for lung cancer and who were registered in the Asan Biobank. Inclusion criteria were a FEV1/FVC ratio of less than 0.7 for the COPD group, and normal spirometry for the control group. This study was approved by the institutional review board of Asan Medical Center (#2011-0711) and written informed consent was obtained from all patients.
- RNA preparation and sequencing for human studies were performed with whole RNA extracted from fresh frozen human lung tissues using Bio-Rad kits as per the manufacturer's instructions.
- RT-PCR real-time reverse-transcriptase-polymerase-chain-reaction
- the human NLRX1 primers from Primerbank (3) were utilized for the evaluation of the Yale cohort.
- total RNA was isolated from apparently normal fresh frozen lung tissue that was remote from the lung cancer.
- RNA integrity was assessed using an Agilent BioanalyzerTM and RNA purity was assessed using a NanoDropTM spectrophotometer.
- One ⁇ g of total RNA was used to generate cDNA libraries using the TruSeqTM RNA library kit.
- the protocol consisted of poly A-selected RNA extraction, RNA fragmentation, reverse transcription using random hexamer primers, and 100 bp paired-end sequencing using the Illumina HiSeqTM 2000 system.
- the libraries were quantified using quantitative PCR according to the quantitative PCR Quantification Protocol Guide and qualified using an Agilen Technologies 2100 BioanalyzerTM. For quality control, read quality was verified using FastQCTM and read alignment was verified using PicardTM.
- RNA-seq reads were mapped to the human genome using TopHatTM (version 1.4.1)(5), and quantified using CufflinksTM software (2.0.0)(6).
- CufflinksTM software was run with the UCSC hg19 human genome and transcriptome references. The numbers of isoform and gene transcripts were calculated and the relative abundance of transcripts was measured in fragments per kilobase of exon per million fragments mapped (FPKM) using Cufflinks software. Expression levels were extracted as a FPKM value for each gene of each sample using CufflinksTM software. Genes with FPKM values of 0 across all samples were excluded. Filtered data were subject to upper quantile normalization. Statistical significance was determined using Student's t-test. The false discovery rate (FDR) was controlled by adjusting p values using the Benjamini-Hochberg algorithm.
- the left lung was inflated with 0.5% low temperature-melting agarose in 10% buffered formalin fixative at a constant pressure of 25 cm as described previously (9, 10).
- lung volume (V L ) of the left lung was determined by the water immersion method.
- the images were taken equally spaced and systematically placed meander-like over the whole surface of the lung sections.
- Pictures were quantitatively analyzed by using a test system of points and lines superimposed over the digital images via the STEPanizerTM program (11). The intersecting points falling on alveolar space (Pa), alveolar ducts (Pd), and points falling on septum (Ps) were counted separately among total points (Ptotal).
- pPACKH1-XL HIV Lentivector Packaging Kit SBI, CA, USA, Catalog #LV510A-1
- virus precipitation solution SBI, CA, USA, Catalog #LV810A-1
- the lentiviral titer kit SBI, CA, USA, Catalog #LV961A-1 was used to determine the amount of viral vectors according to the manufacturer's instructions.
- Intranasal administration of either the lenti-NLRX1, or lenti-control vectors was performed on 6-wk-old C57BL/6J male mice. The amount of 1 ⁇ 10 8 TU of lenti-NLRX1 or lenti-control vectors per mouse was administered.
- CS exposure experiment was started from 2 weeks after intranasal treatment.
Landscapes
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. §119(e) of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/130,811 filed Mar. 10, 2015, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- This invention was made with federal funding under Grant Nos. R56HL119511, HL-079328, and PO1 HL114501 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The U.S. government has certain rights in the invention.
- The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Feb. 4, 2016, is named 058040-084261-US_SL.txt and is 34,231 bytes in size.
- The technology described herein relates to the diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of lung disease, e.g. COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- Cigarette smoke causes a broad spectrum of diseases characterized by inflammation and tissue remodeling, including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). In many of these disorders the inflammation is believed to drive disease pathogenesis. This can be seen in COPD, the fourth leading cause of death in the world, where pulmonary inflammation is believed to be causally related to the emphysema and other pathologic alterations in the lungs from these patients.
- Cigarette smoke activates
caspase 1 and IL-18, thereby regulating the inflammasome. However, the mechanism(s) that controls lung inflammasome activation at baseline and the alterations that cigarette smoke induces to activate the inflammasome have not been defined. - MAVS (mitochondrial antiviral signaling molecule) regulates inflammatory and remodeling responses in viral infections and is inhibited in the healthy, non-infected lung. It is demonstrated herein that cigarette smoke causes damage to lung tissue, at least in part, by inhibiting NLRX1, which inhibits MAVS in healthy tissue. Thus, cigarette smoke causes an increase in the activity of MAVS, resulting in inflammation and pathological tissue remodeling. Restoration of NLRX1 in lung exposed to cigarette smoke reserved the pathological effects of cigarette smoke. Accordingly, provided herein are methods of diagnosing, prognosing, and treating COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage relating to the discovery that NLRX1 is suppressed in diseased tissues.
- In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating COPD in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS. In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating cigarette smoke-induced lung damage in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS. In some embodiments, the cigarette smoke-induced lung damage is selected from the group consisting of: inflammation; alveolar destruction; protease induction; structural cell apoptosis; and inflammasome activation. In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating emphysema in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS. In some embodiments, the emphysema is cigarette smoke induced emphysema.
- In some embodiments, the inhibitor of MAVS is an agonist of NLRX1. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of MAVS is a modulator of NLRX1-dependent pathways. In some embodiments, the agonist of NLRX1 is a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1 or or an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating COPD in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS.
- In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating cigarette smoke-induced lung damage in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an agonist of NLRX1. In some embodiments, the cigarette smoke-induced lung damage is selected from the group consisting of: inflammation; alveolar destruction; protease induction; structural cell apoptosis; and inflammasome activation. In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating emphysema in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an agonist of NLRX1. In some embodiments, the emphysema is cigarette smoke induced emphysema.
- In some embodiments, the subject is a subject determined to have a decreased level of NLRX1 expression.
- In one aspect, described herein is an assay comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; wherein an decrease in the expression level relative to a reference level indicates the subject has a higher risk of having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage. In one aspect, described herein is a method of identifying a subject in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage, the method comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; and identifying the subject as being in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the expression level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level. In one aspect, described herein is a method of determining if a subject is at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage, the method comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; comparing the level of NLRX1 in the sample to a reference level of NLRX1; determining that the subject is at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level; and determining that the subject is not at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the level of NLRX1 is not decreased relative to a reference level. In one aspect, described herein is a method of determining the efficacy of a treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage, the method comprising: (a) measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject before administration of the treatment; (b) measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject after administration of the treatment; (c) determining that the treatment is efficacious when the expression level determined in step (b) is not decreased relative to the expression level determined in step (a); and (d) determining that the treatment is not efficacious when the expression level determined in step (b) is decreased relative to the expression level determined in step (a). In one aspect, described herein is a method of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising; measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; treating the subject when the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level. In one aspect, described herein is a method of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising; treating a subject determined to have a level of NLRX1 which is decreased relative to a reference level. In some embodiments, the treatment comprises a treatment selected from the group consisting of: administration of a bronchodilator; administration of an inhaled steroid; administration of oxygen therapy; bullectomy; lung volume reduction surgery; smoking cessation; lung transplant; administration of an inhibitor of MAVS; administration of an agonist of NLRX1; administration of a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1; and administration of an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- In some embodiments, the level of NLRX1 is determined by measuring the level of a nucleic acid. In some embodiments, the level of NLRX1 is determined by measuring the level of NLRX1 RNA transcript. In some embodiments, the level of the nucleic acid is determined using a method selected from the group consisting of: RT-PCR; quantitative RT-PCR; Northern blot; microarray based expression analysis; next-generation sequencing; and RNA in situ hybridization. In some embodiments, the level of NLRX1 is determined by measuring the level of NLRX1 polypeptide. In some embodiments, the level of the polypeptide is determined using a method selected from the group consisting of Western blot; immunoprecipitation; enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA); radioimmunological assay (MA); sandwich assay; fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH); immunohistological staining; radioimmunometric assay; immunofluoresence assay; mass spectroscopy; FACS; and immunoelectrophoresis assay. In some embodiments, the polypeptide level is measured using immunochemistry. In some embodiments, the antibody reagent is detectably labeled or generates a detectable signal.
- In some embodiments, the expression level of NLRX1 is normalized relative to the expression level of one or more reference genes or reference proteins. In some embodiments, the reference level of NLRX1 is the expression level of NLRX1 in a prior sample obtained from the subject. In some embodiments, the subject is a subject with a history of smoking. In some embodiments, the sample is selected from the group consisting of: a lung biopsy; bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL); sputum; induced sputum; blood; plasma; and serum. In some embodiments, the method or assay further comprises the step of treating the subject with a treatment selected from the group consisting of: administration of a bronchodilator; administration of an inhaled steroid; administration of oxygen therapy; bullectomy; lung volume reduction surgery; smoking cessation; lung transplant; administration of an inhibitor of MAVS; administration of an agonist of NLRX1; administration of a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1; and administration of an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- In one aspect, described herein is a kit for performing the method or assay of the foregoing aspects.
-
FIGS. 1A-1H demonstrate NLRX1 mRNA suppression in patients with COPD and its correlation with disease severity. The levels of NLRX1 mRNA in LTRC samples were plotted in controls (0) and in patients with COPD of varying severity ( 1, 2, 3, and 4) (GOLD FIG. 1A ). InFIG. 1B the levels of NLRX1 are compared in no disease (controls, 0) and patients with, mild to moderate (GOLD 1 and 2) and severe COPD (GOLD 3 and 4). The levels of NLRX1 protein in mitochondria-enriched tissue fractions (MF) from controls (0) and 1, 2, 3, and 4 individuals were evaluated by western blot analysis (GOLD FIG. 1C ). The levels of NLRX1 protein in these western evaluations were evaluated by densitometry and compared to the levels of expression of the voltage dependent anion channel (VDAC) (** p<0.01). The correlations between the levels of NLRX1 mRNA in the LTRC samples and pre-bronchodilator FEV1 (% of predicted value) (FIG. 1D ) and post-bronchodilator FEV1 (% of predicted value) (FIG. 1E ) are also illustrated.FIG. 1F depicts is a box-whiskers plot from the Pittsburgh cohort describing the relationship between NLRX1 gene expression in microarray evaluations and radiologic emphysema (** p<0.05 compared to control and the >40% emphysema group). From the Asan cohort, the standardized levels of NLRX1 gene transcriptome were plotted in controls and in patients with COPD (FIG. 1G ). InFIG. 1H the levels of NLRX1 gene expression are compared in no disease (controls) and patients with COPD of varying severity ( 1, 2, and 3). The bars inGOLD FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 1G represent the mean±SEM of the noted evaluations. The statistics that were applied were the nonparametric Kruskal-Wallis test (FIG. 1A ), Mann-Whitney U test (FIGS. 1B and 1C ), Pearson correlation analysis (FIGS. 1D and 1E ), two-tailed unpaired t-test (FIGS. 1F and 1G ) and ANOVA test (FIG. 1H ). InFIGS. 1F and 1H , the box shows the mean and standard deviation of the group and the whiskers show minimum and maximum expression values. -
FIGS. 2A-2M demonstrate that cigarette smoke (CS)-induced suppression of NLRX1 and the role of NLRX1 in CS-induced pulmonary inflammation and alveolar destruction. NLRX1 mRNA (FIG. 2A ) and protein (FIG. 2B ) are suppressed by CS exposure. InFIG. 2B , the bar graph to the right of the gel represents the results of densitometry comparing the levels of NLRX1 and voltage dependent anion channel (VDAC) in mitochondria-enriched fractions (MF) and cytosol-enriched fractions (CF). After 3 months of CS exposure, western blot analysis of the NLRX1 protein expression in BAL cells are presented inFIG. 2C . After 3 months of CS exposure, the roles of NLRX1 were evaluated using comparisons of responses in wild type (WT) and NLRX1 null mice. BAL total cell recovery (FIG. 2D ), representative histology (FIG. 2E ), lung morphometry (FIG. 2F ), the expression of MMP-12 mRNA (FIG. 2G ), the expression of interferon (IFN)-alpha (α) 4 mRNA, and TUNEL evaluation of structural (epithelial and endothelial) cells (FIG. 2I ) are illustrated. The levels of active IL-1β (FIG. 2J ) and IL-18 (FIG. 2K ) in lung lysates were also measured by ELISA. In panel (FIG. 2L ), western blot evaluations of lung tissue lysates are used to characterize the activation status of IL-1β, IL-18 and caspase-1. InFIG. 2M , the measurement of mean chord lengh is presented from lentiviral NLRX1 overexpressed mice (NLRX1 vector+) and appropriate controls (control vector+) after 6 month-CS-exposure. Size bar onFIG. 2E represents 400 μm. The values inFIGS. 2A, 2D, 2F-2K and 2M represent the mean±SEM of evaluations in a minimum of 5 mice (* p<0.05, ** p<0.01).FIGS. 2B, 2C, and 2L are representative of a minimum of 3 similar experiments. -
FIGS. 3A-3K demonstrate the role of MAVS in CS-induced pulmonary inflammation and alveolar destruction. After 6 months of CS exposure, the roles of MAVS were evaluated using comparisons of responses in WT and MAVS null mice. BAL total cell recovery (FIG. 3A ), representative histology (FIG. 3B ), lung morphometry (FIG. 3C ) and the expression of MMP-12 mRNA (FIG. 3D ) are illustrated. InFIG. 3E , western blot evaluations of lung tissue lysates were used to demonstrate the activation status of IL-18 and caspase-1. The results of TUNEL evaluations of structural cells (FIG. 3F ), the expression of interferon (IFN)-α4 mRNA (FIG. 3G ) and the expression of NLRX1 mRNA (FIG. 3H ) are also illustrated. The results of the evaluation of mean chord length (FIG. 3I ), TUNEL evaluations of structural cells (FIG. 3J ) and the measurement of the level of IL-18 in lung tissues (FIG. 3K ) are presented from MAVS−/−/NLRX1−/− mice, NLRX1−/− mice and wild type (MAVS+/+/NLRX1+/+) controls after 3 month-CS-exposure. Size bar onFIG. 3B represents 400 μm. The values inFIGS. 3A, 3C, 3D, and 3F-3K represent the mean±SEM of evaluations in a minimum of 5 mice. (* p<0.05, ** p<0.01).FIG. 3E is representative of a minimum of 3 similar evaluations. -
FIGS. 4A-4B demonstrate the correlations between the levels of (FIG. 4A ) NLRX1 mRNA and pre-bronchodilator FEV1 (% of predicted value) and (FIG. 4B ) NLRX1 mRNA and post-bronchodilator FEV1 (% of predicted value), respectively, in the Korean Asan cohort -
FIG. 5 demonstrates the statistical result of the comparison between each subgroup in Korean Asan cohort. Because only one patient was in the subgroup of GOLD3, no comparison was undertaken with the subgroup of GOLD 3 (* For the overall comparison between all subgroups, please seeFIG. 1H ). -
FIG. 6 demonstrates the levels of NLRX1 mRNA and the status of smoking history in the Korean Asan cohort. -
FIGS. 7A-7B demonstrate the levels of (FIG. 7A ) MAVS mRNA and (FIG. 7B ) protein in LTRC samples were plotted in controls (0) and in patients with COPD of varying severity ( 1, 2, 3, and 4).GOLD -
FIGS. 8A-8C demonstrate the correlations between the levels of NLRX1 mRNA and (FIG. 8A ) diffusing capacity (DLCO), (FIG. 8B ) BODE index, and (FIG. 8C ) BORG scale, respectively, in the LTRC cohort. -
FIG. 9 demonstrates the levels of CXCL13 protein in LTRC samples plotted in controls (0) and in patients with COPD of varying severity ( 1, 2, 3, and 4)GOLD -
FIGS. 10A-10D demonstrate the correlations between the levels of CXCL13 protein and (FIG. 10A ) post-bronchodilator FEV1 (% of predicted value), (FIG. 10B ) NLRX1 mRNA, (FIG. 10C ) BODE index, and (FIG. 10D ) SGRQ score, respectively, in LTRC cohort. -
FIGS. 11A-11B demonstrate, from the Westernblot presented onFIG. 2C the densitometric evaluation of (FIG. 11A ) NLRX1 expression and (FIG. 11B ) MAVS expression, respectively, are demonstrated (** p<0.01). -
FIG. 12 demonstrates the suppression of NLRX1 mRNA accumulation in 3-month cigarette smoke-exposed lungs (CS+) and itsrecovery 3 months after the cessation of CS exposure (#) (** p<0.01). -
FIG. 13 demonstrates the enhancement of CXCL13 mRNA expression after 3-month cigarette smoke-exposure (CS+) in the lungs from NLRX1 deficient (NLRX1−/−) mice compared to those from WT controls (NLRX1+/+) (* p<0.05, ** p<0.01). -
FIG. 14 demonstrates the restoration of CS-induced emphysematous alveolar destruction after NLRX1 gene overexpression in vivo. After 6-month-CS-exposure, morphometric evaluation of alveolar surface area was analyzed (* p<0.05, ** p<0.01). -
FIG. 15 depicts measurement of alveolar surface area after 3-month-CS-exposure in wild type (WT) controls, NLRX1−/− and NLRX1−/−/MAVS−/− mice (** p<0.01). -
FIG. 16 demonstrates the enhancement of CXCL13 mRNA expression after 3-month cigarette smoke-exposure (CS+) in the lungs from NLRX1 deficient (NLRX1−/−) mice compared to those from WT controls (NLRX1+/+) (* p<0.05, ** p<0.01). -
FIG. 17 is a diagram of an exemplary embodiment of a system for performing an assay for determining the level of NLRX1 in a sample obtained from a subject. -
FIG. 18 is a diagram of an exemplary embodiment of a comparison module as described herein. -
FIG. 19 is a diagram of an exemplary embodiment of an operating system and applications for a computing system as described herein. - As described herein, the inventors have found that inhibition of MAVS, e.g., by stimulating NLRX1 activity, has a therapeutic effect on lung diseases, e.g. COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. Accordingly, provided herein are methods of treating COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage by administering an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1.
- As used herein, “emphysema” refers to a chronic lung disease which affects the alveoli and/or the ends of the smallest bronchi. The condition is characterized by destructive changes and enlargement of the alveoli (air sacs) within the lungs. The lung loses its elasticity and therefore these areas of the lungs become enlarged. These enlarged areas trap stale air and do not effectively exchange it with fresh air. This results in difficult breathing and may result in insufficient oxygen being delivered to the blood. The predominant symptom in patients with emphysema is shortness of breath. In some embodiments, the emphysema can be cigarette-smoke induced emphysema. As used herein, “COPD” or “chronic obstructive pulmonary disease” is generally applied to chronic respiratory disease processes characterized by the persistent obstruction of bronchial air flow. COPD patients can suffer from conditions such as bronchitis, cystic fibrosis, asthma or emphysema. As used herein, “cigarette smoke-induced lung damage” refers to damage to lung tissues occurring in subjects exposed to cigarette smoke, including but not limited to: inflammation; alveolar destruction; protease induction; structural cell apoptosis; and inflammasome activation. Cigarette smoke-induced lung damage can be present in a subject having or diagnosed as having emphysema or COPD or in a subject not having or not diagnosed as having emphysema or COPD. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, the patient can be a patient with a history of smoking.
- As used herein, “MAVS” or “mitochondrial antiviral-signaling protein” refers to a protein found in the mitochondria, that when aggregated, activates IRF3 dimerization, contributing to the recognition of virii. MAVS is also known in the art as VISA, IPS-1, and Cardif. Sequences for MAVS expression products are known for a number of species, e.g., human MAVS (NCBI Gene ID: 57506) mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 3; NCBI Ref Seq: NM_020746) and polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 4; NCBI Ref Seq: NP_065797).
- As used herein, “inhibitor” refers to an agent which can decrease the expression and/or activity of the targeted expression product (e.g. mRNA encoding the target or a target polypeptide), e.g. by at least 10% or more, e.g. by 10% or more, 50% or more, 70% or more, 80% or more, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 98% or more. The efficacy of an inhibitor of, for example, MAVS, e.g. its ability to decrease the level and/or activity of MAVS can be determined, e.g. by measuring the level of an expression product of MAVS and/or the activity of MAVS. Methods for measuring the level of a given mRNA and/or polypeptide are known to one of skill in the art, e.g. RTPCR with primers can be used to determine the level of RNA and Western blotting with an antibody (e.g. an anti-MAVS antibody, e.g. Cat No. ab189109 Abcam; Cambridge, Mass.) can be used to determine the level of a polypeptide. The activity of, e.g. MAVS can be determined using methods known in the art and described elsewhere herein, e.g., by measuring the levels of expression of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S,
type 1 IFNs,caspase 1, IL-1β, and/or IL-18, where decreased MAVS levels and/or activity results in decreased levels of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S,type 1 IFNs,caspase 1, IL-1β, and/or IL-18. In some embodiments, the inhibitor can be an inhibitory nucleic acid; an aptamer; an antibody reagent; an antibody; or a small molecule. - In some embodiments, an inhibitor of MAVS can be an agonist of NLRX1. In some embodiments, an inhibitor of MAVS can be a modulator of NLRX1-dependent pathways.
- As used herein, “NLRX1” or “nucleotide-binding oligomerization domain leucine rich repeat containing X1” refers to an intracellular signaling protein with a N-terminal mitochondrion localization signal, a NACHT domain, an a C-terminal LRR. NLRX1 is also known in the art as NODS, NODS, and CLR11.3. Sequences for NLRX1 expression products are known for a number of species, e.g., human NLRX1 (NCBI Gene ID: 79671) mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 1; NCBI Ref Seq: NM_001282144) and polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 2; NCBI Ref Seq: NP_001269073).
- As used herein, “agonist” refers to any agent that increases the level and/or activity of the target, e.g, of NLRX1. As used herein, the term “agonist” refers to an agent which increases the expression and/or activity of the target by at least 10% or more, e.g. by 10% or more, 50% or more, 100% or more, 200% or more, 500% or more, or 1000% or more. The efficacy of an agonist of, for example, NLRX1, e.g. its ability to decrease the level and/or activity of NLRX1 can be determined, e.g. by measuring the level of an expression product of NLRX1 and/or the activity of NLRX1. Methods for measuring the level of a given mRNA and/or polypeptide are known to one of skill in the art, e.g. RTPCR with primers can be used to determine the level of RNA and Western blotting with an antibody (e.g. an anti-NLRX1 antibody, e.g. Cat No. ab105412 Abcam; Cambridge, Mass.) can be used to determine the level of a polypeptide. The activity of, e.g. NLRX1 can be determined using methods known in the art and described elsewhere herein, e.g., by measuring the levels of expression of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S,
type 1 IFNs,caspase 1, IL-1β, and/or IL-18, where increased NLRX1 levels and/or activity results in decreased levels of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S,type 1 IFNs,caspase 1, IL-1β, and/or IL-18. Non-limiting examples of agonists of NLRX1 can include NLRX1 polypeptides or fragments thereof and nucleic acids encoding a NLRX1 polypeptide, e.g. a polypeptide comprising the sequence SEQ ID NO: 2 or a nucleic acid comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or variants thereof. In some embodiments, the agonist of NRLX1 can be an NLRX1 polypeptide. In some embodiments, the agonist of NLRX1 can be an engineered and/or recombinant polypeptide. In some embodiments, the agonist of NLRX1 can be a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1, e.g. a functional fragment thereof. - In some embodiments, the agonist of NLRX1 can be a modulator of an NLRX1-dependent pathway. NLRX1-dependent pathways are known in the art and described, e.g., in Allen et al. Front Immunol 2014 5:169; which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. By way of non-limiting example, a modulator of an NLRX1-dependent pathway suitable for use in the methods described herein can be an inhibitor of TRAF6, IKK-gamma, IKK-alpha/beta, IκB, p65, p50, RIG1, TBK1, IRF, IFN-1, and/or IL-6.
- In some embodiments, a therapy as described herein, e.g. an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 can be targeted to the mitochondria. Targeting can be achieved, e.g. by conjugating the agent to a targeting group or including the agent in a composition comprising a targeting group (e.g. a nanoparticle). Targeting groups can include, e.g., a cell or tissue targeting agent, e.g., a lectin, glycoprotein, lipid or protein, e.g., an antibody, that binds to a specified cell type such as lung cell, among others, or a cell permeation agent. Non-limiting examples of mitochondrial targeting groups can include triphenylphosphonium (TPP); mitochondrial targeting sequence polypeptides, and the like. Mitochondrial targeting is further described in the art, see, e.g., Weinberg and Chandel Nat Chem Biol 2015 11:9-15; Dongworth et al. Future Cardiol 2014 10:255-272; and Sureshbabu Front Physiol 2013 4:384; each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
- As described herein, decreased levels of NLRX1 expression and/or activity indicate that a subject has an increased risk of having and/or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. Accordingly, in some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, the subject that is treated in accordance with the methods described herein is a subject having or identified as having a decreased level of NLRX1 expression and/or activity.
- In one aspect, described herein is an assay comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; wherein an decrease in the expression level relative to a reference level indicates the subject has a higher risk of having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage. In one aspect, described herein is a method of identifying a subject in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage, the method comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; and identifying the subject as being in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the expression level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level. In one aspect, described herein is a method of determining if a subject is at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage, the method comprising: measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; comparing the level of NLRX1 in the sample to a reference level of NLRX1; determining that the subject is at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level; and determining that the subject is not at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the level of NLRX1 is not decreased relative to a reference level. In some embodiments, the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference amount if it is less than the reference amount by a statistically significant amount.
- In some embodiments, measurement of the level of a target, e.g. of an NLRX1 expression product can comprise a transformation. As used herein, the term “transforming” or “transformation” refers to changing an object or a substance, e.g., biological sample, nucleic acid or protein, into another substance. The transformation can be physical, biological or chemical. Exemplary physical transformation includes, but not limited to, pre-treatment of a biological sample, e.g., from whole blood to blood serum by differential centrifugation. A biological/chemical transformation can involve at least one enzyme and/or a chemical reagent in a reaction. For example, a DNA sample can be digested into fragments by one or more restriction enzyme, or an exogenous molecule can be attached to a fragmented DNA sample with a ligase. In some embodiments, a DNA sample can undergo enzymatic replication, e.g., by polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
- Transformation, measurement, and/or detection of a target molecule, e.g. a NLRX1 mRNA or polypeptide can comprise contacting a sample obtained from a subject with a reagent (e.g. a detection reagent) which is specific for the target, e.g., a NLRX1-specific reagent. In some embodiments, the target-specific reagent is detectably labeled. In some embodiments, the target-specific reagent is capable of generating a detectable signal. In some embodiments, the target-specific reagent generates a detectable signal when the target molecule is present.
- Methods to measure NLRX1 gene expression products are well known to a skilled artisan. Such methods to measure gene expression products, e.g., protein level, include ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), western blot, immunoprecipitation, and immunofluorescence using detection reagents such as an antibody or protein binding agents. Alternatively, a peptide can be detected in a subject by introducing into a subject a labeled anti-peptide antibody and other types of detection agent. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a detectable marker whose presence and location in the subject is detected by standard imaging techniques.
- For example, antibodies for NLRX1 are commercially available and can be used for the purposes of the invention to measure protein expression levels, e.g. anti-NLRX1 (Cat. No. ab105412; Abcam, Cambridge Mass.). Alternatively, since the amino acid sequences for NRLX1 are known and publically available at NCBI website, one of skill in the art can raise their own antibodies against these polypeptides of interest for the purpose of the invention.
- The amino acid sequences of the polypeptides described herein, e.g. NLRX1 have been assigned NCBI accession numbers for different species such as human, mouse and rat. In particular, the NCBI accession numbers for the amino acid sequence of human NLRX1 is included herein, e.g. SEQ ID NO: 2.
- In some embodiments, immunohistochemistry (“IHC”) and immunocytochemistry (“ICC”) techniques can be used. IHC is the application of immunochemistry to tissue sections, whereas ICC is the application of immunochemistry to cells or tissue imprints after they have undergone specific cytological preparations such as, for example, liquid-based preparations. Immunochemistry is a family of techniques based on the use of an antibody, wherein the antibodies are used to specifically target molecules inside or on the surface of cells. The antibody typically contains a marker that will undergo a biochemical reaction, and thereby experience a change of color, upon encountering the targeted molecules. In some instances, signal amplification can be integrated into the particular protocol, wherein a secondary antibody, that includes the marker stain or marker signal, follows the application of a primary specific antibody.
- In some embodiments, the assay can be a Western blot analysis. Alternatively, proteins can be separated by two-dimensional gel electrophoresis systems. Two-dimensional gel electrophoresis is well known in the art and typically involves iso-electric focusing along a first dimension followed by SDS-PAGE electrophoresis along a second dimension. These methods also require a considerable amount of cellular material. The analysis of 2D SDS-PAGE gels can be performed by determining the intensity of protein spots on the gel, or can be performed using immune detection. In other embodiments, protein samples are analyzed by mass spectroscopy.
- Immunological tests can be used with the methods and assays described herein and include, for example, competitive and non-competitive assay systems using techniques such as Western blots, radioimmunoassay (RIA), ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assay), “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoprecipitation assays, immunodiffusion assays, agglutination assays, e.g. latex agglutination, complement-fixation assays, immunoradiometric assays, fluorescent immunoassays, e.g. FIA (fluorescence-linked immunoassay), chemiluminescence immunoassays (CLIA), electrochemiluminescence immunoassay (ECLIA, counting immunoassay (CIA), lateral flow tests or immunoassay (LFIA), magnetic immunoassay (MIA), and protein A immunoassays. Methods for performing such assays are known in the art, provided an appropriate antibody reagent is available. In some embodiment, the immunoassay can be a quantitative or a semi-quantitative immunoassay.
- An immunoassay is a biochemical test that measures the concentration of a substance in a biological sample, typically a fluid sample such as urine, using the interaction of an antibody or antibodies to its antigen. The assay takes advantage of the highly specific binding of an antibody with its antigen. For the methods and assays described herein, specific binding of the target polypeptides with respective proteins or protein fragments, or an isolated peptide, or a fusion protein described herein occurs in the immunoassay to form a target protein/peptide complex. The complex is then detected by a variety of methods known in the art. An immunoassay also often involves the use of a detection antibody.
- Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, also called ELISA, enzyme immunoassay or EIA, is a biochemical technique used mainly in immunology to detect the presence of an antibody or an antigen in a sample. The ELISA has been used as a diagnostic tool in medicine and plant pathology, as well as a quality control check in various industries.
- In one embodiment, an ELISA involving at least one antibody with specificity for the particular desired antigen (e.g., NLRX1 as described herein) can also be performed. A known amount of sample and/or antigen is immobilized on a solid support (usually a polystyrene micro titer plate). Immobilization can be either non-specific (e.g., by adsorption to the surface) or specific (e.g. where another antibody immobilized on the surface is used to capture antigen or a primary antibody). After the antigen is immobilized, the detection antibody is added, forming a complex with the antigen. The detection antibody can be covalently linked to an enzyme, or can itself be detected by a secondary antibody which is linked to an enzyme through bio-conjugation. Between each step the plate is typically washed with a mild detergent solution to remove any proteins or antibodies that are not specifically bound. After the final wash step the plate is developed by adding an enzymatic substrate to produce a visible signal, which indicates the quantity of antigen in the sample. Older ELISAs utilize chromogenic substrates, though newer assays employ fluorogenic substrates with much higher sensitivity.
- In another embodiment, a competitive ELISA is used. Purified antibodies that are directed against a target polypeptide or fragment thereof are coated on the solid phase of multi-well plate, i.e., conjugated to a solid surface. A second batch of purified antibodies that are not conjugated on any solid support is also needed. These non-conjugated purified antibodies are labeled for detection purposes, for example, labeled with horseradish peroxidase to produce a detectable signal. A sample (e.g., a blood sample) from a subject is mixed with a known amount of desired antigen (e.g., a known volume or concentration of a sample comprising a target polypeptide) together with the horseradish peroxidase labeled antibodies and the mixture is then are added to coated wells to form competitive combination. After incubation, if the polypeptide level is high in the sample, a complex of labeled antibody reagent-antigen will form. This complex is free in solution and can be washed away. Washing the wells will remove the complex. Then the wells are incubated with TMB (3, 3′, 5, 5′-tetramethylbenzidene) color development substrate for localization of horseradish peroxidase-conjugated antibodies in the wells. There will be no color change or little color change if the target polypeptide level is high in the sample. If there is little or no target polypeptide present in the sample, a different complex in formed, the complex of solid support bound antibody reagents-target polypeptide. This complex is immobilized on the plate and is not washed away in the wash step. Subsequent incubation with TMB will produce much color change. Such a competitive ELSA test is specific, sensitive, reproducible and easy to operate.
- There are other different forms of ELISA, which are well known to those skilled in the art. The standard techniques known in the art for ELISA are described in “Methods in Immunodiagnosis”, 2nd Edition, Rose and Bigazzi, eds. John Wiley & Sons, 1980; and Oellerich, M. 1984, J. Clin. Chem. Clin. Biochem. 22:895-904. These references are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- In one embodiment, the levels of a polypeptide in a sample can be detected by a lateral flow immunoassay test (LFIA), also known as the immunochromatographic assay, or strip test. LFIAs are a simple device intended to detect the presence (or absence) of antigen, e.g. a polypeptide, in a fluid sample. There are currently many LFIA tests are used for medical diagnostics either for home testing, point of care testing, or laboratory use. LFIA tests are a form of immunoassay in which the test sample flows along a solid substrate via capillary action. After the sample is applied to the test strip it encounters a colored reagent (generally comprising antibody specific for the test target antigen) bound to microparticles which mixes with the sample and transits the substrate encountering lines or zones which have been pretreated with another antibody or antigen. Depending upon the level of target polypeptides present in the sample the colored reagent can be captured and become bound at the test line or zone. LFIAs are essentially immunoassays adapted to operate along a single axis to suit the test strip format or a dipstick format. Strip tests are extremely versatile and can be easily modified by one skilled in the art for detecting an enormous range of antigens from fluid samples such as urine, blood, water, and/or homogenized tissue samples etc. Strip tests are also known as dip stick test, the name bearing from the literal action of “dipping” the test strip into a fluid sample to be tested. LFIA strip tests are easy to use, require minimum training and can easily be included as components of point-of-care test (POCT) diagnostics to be use on site in the field. LFIA tests can be operated as either competitive or sandwich assays. Sandwich LFIAs are similar to sandwich ELISA. The sample first encounters colored particles which are labeled with antibodies raised to the target antigen. The test line will also contain antibodies to the same target, although it may bind to a different epitope on the antigen. The test line will show as a colored band in positive samples. In some embodiments, the lateral flow immunoassay can be a double antibody sandwich assay, a competitive assay, a quantitative assay or variations thereof. Competitive LFIAs are similar to competitive ELISA. The sample first encounters colored particles which are labeled with the target antigen or an analogue. The test line contains antibodies to the target/its analogue. Unlabelled antigen in the sample will block the binding sites on the antibodies preventing uptake of the colored particles. The test line will show as a colored band in negative samples. There are a number of variations on lateral flow technology. It is also possible to apply multiple capture zones to create a multiplex test.
- The use of “dip sticks” or LFIA test strips and other solid supports have been described in the art in the context of an immunoassay for a number of antigen biomarkers. U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,943,522; 6,485,982; 6,187,598; 5,770,460; 5,622,871; 6,565,808, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/278,676; U.S. Ser. No. 09/579,673 and U.S. Ser. No. 10/717,082, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety, are non-limiting examples of such lateral flow test devices. Examples of patents that describe the use of “dip stick” technology to detect soluble antigens via immunochemical assays include, but are not limited to U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,444,880; 4,305,924; and 4,135,884; which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. The apparatuses and methods of these three patents broadly describe a first component fixed to a solid surface on a “dip stick” which is exposed to a solution containing a soluble antigen that binds to the component fixed upon the “dip stick,” prior to detection of the component-antigen complex upon the stick. It is within the skill of one in the art to modify the teachings of this “dip stick” technology for the detection of polypeptides using antibody reagents as described herein.
- Other techniques can be used to detect the level of a polypeptide in a sample. One such technique is the dot blot, and adaptation of Western blotting (Towbin et at., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 76:4350 (1979)). In a Western blot, the polypeptide or fragment thereof can be dissociated with detergents and heat, and separated on an SDS-PAGE gel before being transferred to a solid support, such as a nitrocellulose or PVDF membrane. The membrane is incubated with an antibody reagent specific for the target polypeptide or a fragment thereof. The membrane is then washed to remove unbound proteins and proteins with non-specific binding. Detectably labeled enzyme-linked secondary or detection antibodies can then be used to detect and assess the amount of polypeptide in the sample tested. The intensity of the signal from the detectable label corresponds to the amount of enzyme present, and therefore the amount of polypeptide. Levels can be quantified, for example by densitometry.
- In some embodiments, the level of, e.g., NLRX1, can be measured, by way of non-limiting example, by Western blot; immunoprecipitation; enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA); radioimmunological assay (RIA); sandwich assay; fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH); immunohistological staining; radioimmunometric assay; immunofluoresence assay; mass spectroscopy and/or immunoelectrophoresis assay.
- In certain embodiments, the gene expression products as described herein can be instead determined by determining the level of messenger RNA (mRNA) expression of the genes described herein, e.g. NLRX1. Such molecules can be isolated, derived, or amplified from a biological sample, such as a blood sample. Techniques for the detection of mRNA expression is known by persons skilled in the art, and can include but not limited to, PCR procedures, RT-PCR, quantitative RT-PCR Northern blot analysis, differential gene expression, RNA protection assay, microarray based analysis, next-generation sequencing; hybridization methods, etc.
- In general, the PCR procedure describes a method of gene amplification which is comprised of (i) sequence-specific hybridization of primers to specific genes or sequences within a nucleic acid sample or library, (ii) subsequent amplification involving multiple rounds of annealing, elongation, and denaturation using a thermostable DNA polymerase, and (iii) screening the PCR products for a band of the correct size. The primers used are oligonucleotides of sufficient length and appropriate sequence to provide initiation of polymerization, i.e. each primer is specifically designed to be complementary to a strand of the genomic locus to be amplified. In an alternative embodiment, mRNA level of gene expression products described herein can be determined by reverse-transcription (RT) PCR and by quantitative RT-PCR (QRT-PCR) or real-time PCR methods. Methods of RT-PCR and QRT-PCR are well known in the art.
- In some embodiments, the level of an mRNA can be measured by a quantitative sequencing technology, e.g. a quantitative next-generation sequence technology. Methods of sequencing a nucleic acid sequence are well known in the art. Briefly, a sample obtained from a subject can be contacted with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to a single-strand nucleic acid sequence flanking the target gene sequence and a complementary strand is synthesized. In some next-generation technologies, an adaptor (double or single-stranded) is ligated to nucleic acid molecules in the sample and synthesis proceeds from the adaptor or adaptor compatible primers. In some third-generation technologies, the sequence can be determined, e.g. by determining the location and pattern of the hybridization of probes, or measuring one or more characteristics of a single molecule as it passes through a sensor (e.g. the modulation of an electrical field as a nucleic acid molecule passes through a nanopore). Exemplary methods of sequencing include, but are not limited to, Sanger sequencing, dideoxy chain termination, high-throughput sequencing, next generation sequencing, 454 sequencing, SOLiD sequencing, polony sequencing, Illumina sequencing, Ion Torrent sequencing, sequencing by hybridization, nanopore sequencing, Helioscope sequencing, single molecule real time sequencing, RNAP sequencing, and the like. Methods and protocols for performing these sequencing methods are known in the art, see, e.g. “Next Generation Genome Sequencing” Ed. Michal Janitz, Wiley-VCH; “High-Throughput Next Generation Sequencing” Eds. Kwon and Ricke, Humanna Press, 2011; and Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (4 ed.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., USA (2012); which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
- The nucleic acid sequences of the genes described herein, e.g., NLRX1, have been assigned NCBI accession numbers for different species such as human, mouse and rat. For example, the human NRLX1 mRNA (e.g. SEQ ID NO: 1) is known. Accordingly, a skilled artisan can design an appropriate primer based on the known sequence for determining the mRNA level of the respective gene.
- Nucleic acid and ribonucleic acid (RNA) molecules can be isolated from a particular biological sample using any of a number of procedures, which are well-known in the art, the particular isolation procedure chosen being appropriate for the particular biological sample. For example, freeze-thaw and alkaline lysis procedures can be useful for obtaining nucleic acid molecules from solid materials; heat and alkaline lysis procedures can be useful for obtaining nucleic acid molecules from urine; and proteinase K extraction can be used to obtain nucleic acid from blood (Roiff, A et al. PCR: Clinical Diagnostics and Research, Springer (1994)).
- In some embodiments, one or more of the reagents (e.g. an antibody reagent and/or nucleic acid probe) described herein can comprise a detectable label and/or comprise the ability to generate a detectable signal (e.g. by catalyzing reaction converting a compound to a detectable product). Detectable labels can comprise, for example, a light-absorbing dye, a fluorescent dye, or a radioactive label. Detectable labels, methods of detecting them, and methods of incorporating them into reagents (e.g. antibodies and nucleic acid probes) are well known in the art.
- In some embodiments, detectable labels can include labels that can be detected by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, electromagnetic, radiochemical, or chemical means, such as fluorescence, chemifluoresence, or chemiluminescence, or any other appropriate means. The detectable labels used in the methods described herein can be primary labels (where the label comprises a moiety that is directly detectable or that produces a directly detectable moiety) or secondary labels (where the detectable label binds to another moiety to produce a detectable signal, e.g., as is common in immunological labeling using secondary and tertiary antibodies). The detectable label can be linked by covalent or non-covalent means to the reagent. Alternatively, a detectable label can be linked such as by directly labeling a molecule that achieves binding to the reagent via a ligand-receptor binding pair arrangement or other such specific recognition molecules. Detectable labels can include, but are not limited to radioisotopes, bioluminescent compounds, chromophores, antibodies, chemiluminescent compounds, fluorescent compounds, metal chelates, and enzymes.
- In other embodiments, the detection reagent is label with a fluorescent compound. When the fluorescently labeled reagent is exposed to light of the proper wavelength, its presence can then be detected due to fluorescence. In some embodiments, a detectable label can be a fluorescent dye molecule, or fluorophore including, but not limited to fluorescein, phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde, fluorescamine, Cy3™, Cy5™, allophycocyanine, Texas Red, peridenin chlorophyll, cyanine, tandem conjugates such as phycoerythrin-Cy5™, green fluorescent protein, rhodamine, fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) and Oregon Green™, rhodamine and derivatives (e.g., Texas red and tetrarhodimine isothiocynate (TRITC)), biotin, phycoerythrin, AMCA, CyDyes™, 6-carboxyfhiorescein (commonly known by the abbreviations FAM and F), 6-carboxy-2′,4′,7′,4,7-hexachlorofiuorescein (HEX), 6-carboxy-4′,5′-dichloro-2′,7′-dimethoxyfiuorescein (JOE or J), N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyl-6carboxyrhodamine (TAMRA or T), 6-carboxy-X-rhodamine (ROX or R), 5-carboxyrhodamine-6G (R6G5 or G5), 6-carboxyrhodamine-6G (R6G6 or G6), and rhodamine 110; cyanine dyes, e.g. Cy3, Cy5 and Cy7 dyes; coumarins, e.g umbelliferone; benzimide dyes, e.g. Hoechst 33258; phenanthridine dyes, e.g. Texas Red; ethidium dyes; acridine dyes; carbazole dyes; phenoxazine dyes; porphyrin dyes; polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes such as Cy3, Cy5, etc; BODIPY dyes and quinoline dyes. In some embodiments, a detectable label can be a radiolabel including, but not limited to 3H, 125I, 35S, 14C, 32P, and 33P. In some embodiments, a detectable label can be an enzyme including, but not limited to horseradish peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase. An enzymatic label can produce, for example, a chemiluminescent signal, a color signal, or a fluorescent signal. Enzymes contemplated for use to detectably label an antibody reagent include, but are not limited to, malate dehydrogenase, staphylococcal nuclease, delta-V-steroid isomerase, yeast alcohol dehydrogenase, alpha-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase, triose phosphate isomerase, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, asparaginase, glucose oxidase, beta-galactosidase, ribonuclease, urease, catalase, glucose-VI-phosphate dehydrogenase, glucoamylase and acetylcholinesterase. In some embodiments, a detectable label is a chemiluminescent label, including, but not limited to lucigenin, luminol, luciferin, isoluminol, theromatic acridinium ester, imidazole, acridinium salt and oxalate ester. In some embodiments, a detectable label can be a spectral colorimetric label including, but not limited to colloidal gold or colored glass or plastic (e.g., polystyrene, polypropylene, and latex) beads.
- In some embodiments, detection reagents can also be labeled with a detectable tag, such as c-Myc, HA, VSV-G, HSV, FLAG, V5, HIS, or biotin. Other detection systems can also be used, for example, a biotin-streptavidin system. In this system, the antibodies immunoreactive (i. e. specific for) with the biomarker of interest is biotinylated. Quantity of biotinylated antibody bound to the biomarker is determined using a streptavidin-peroxidase conjugate and a chromagenic substrate. Such streptavidin peroxidase detection kits are commercially available, e. g. from DAKO; Carpinteria, Calif. A reagent can also be detectably labeled using fluorescence emitting metals such as 152Eu, or others of the lanthanide series. These metals can be attached to the reagent using such metal chelating groups as diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA) or ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA).
- A level which is less than a reference level can be a level which is less by at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 50%, at least about 600%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or less than the reference level. In some embodiments, a level which is less than a reference level can be a level which is statistically significantly less than the reference level. In some embodiments, the reference can be a level of NLRX1 in a population of subjects who do not have or are not diagnosed as having, and/or do not exhibit signs or symptoms of COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. In some embodiments, the reference can also be a level of expression of NLRX1 in a control sample, a pooled sample of control individuals or a numeric value or range of values based on the same. In some embodiments, the reference can be the level of NLRX1 in a sample obtained from the same subject at an earlier point in time, e.g., the methods described herein can be used to determine if a subject's risk or likelihood of developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage is increasing.
- In some embodiments, the level of expression products of no more than 200 other genes is determined. In some embodiments, the level of expression products of no more than 100 other genes is determined. In some embodiments, the level of expression products of no more than 20 other genes is determined. In some embodiments, the level of expression products of no more than 10 other genes is determined.
- In some embodiments of the foregoing aspects, the expression level of a given gene, e.g., NLRX1, can be normalized relative to the expression level of one or more reference genes or reference proteins.
- The term “sample” or “test sample” as used herein denotes a sample taken or isolated from a biological organism, e.g., a blood or plasma sample from a subject. Exemplary biological samples include, but are not limited to, a biofluid sample; serum; plasma; urine; saliva; and/or tissue sample etc. The term also includes a mixture of the above-mentioned samples. The term “test sample” also includes untreated or pretreated (or pre-processed) biological samples. In some embodiments, a test sample can comprise cells from subject. In some embodiments, the test sample can be a lung biopsy; bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL); sputum; induced sputum; blood; plasma; and serum.
- The test sample can be obtained by removing a sample from a subject, but can also be accomplished by using previously sample (e.g. isolated at a prior timepoint and isolated by the same or another person). In addition, the test sample can be freshly collected or a previously collected sample.
- In some embodiments, the test sample can be an untreated test sample. As used herein, the phrase “untreated test sample” refers to a test sample that has not had any prior sample pre-treatment except for dilution and/or suspension in a solution. Exemplary methods for treating a test sample include, but are not limited to, centrifugation, filtration, sonication, homogenization, heating, freezing and thawing, and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the test sample can be a frozen test sample, e.g., a frozen tissue. The frozen sample can be thawed before employing methods, assays and systems described herein. After thawing, a frozen sample can be centrifuged before being subjected to methods, assays and systems described herein. In some embodiments, the test sample is a clarified test sample, for example, by centrifugation and collection of a supernatant comprising the clarified test sample. In some embodiments, a test sample can be a pre-processed test sample, for example, supernatant or filtrate resulting from a treatment selected from the group consisting of centrifugation, filtration, thawing, purification, and any combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the test sample can be treated with a chemical and/or biological reagent. Chemical and/or biological reagents can be employed to protect and/or maintain the stability of the sample, including biomolecules (e.g., nucleic acid and protein) therein, during processing. One exemplary reagent is a protease inhibitor, which is generally used to protect or maintain the stability of protein during processing. The skilled artisan is well aware of methods and processes appropriate for pre-processing of biological samples required for determination of the level of an expression product as described herein.
- In some embodiments, the methods, assays, and systems described herein can further comprise a step of obtaining a test sample from a subject. In some embodiments, the subject can be a human subject. In some embodiments, the subject can be a subject in need of treatment for (e.g. having or diagnosed as having) COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- In one aspect, described herein is a method of determining the efficacy of a treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage, the method comprising: (a) measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject before administration of the treatment; (b) measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject after administration of the treatment; (c) determining that the treatment is efficacious when the expression level determined in step (b) is not decreased relative to the expression level determined in step (a); and (d) determining that the treatment is not efficacious when the expression level determined in step (b) is decreased relative to the expression level determined in step (a).
- In one aspect, described herein is a method of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising; measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; treating the subject when the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level. In one aspect, described herein is a method of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising; treating a subject determined to have a level of NLRX1 which is decreased relative to a reference level. Treatments for COPD, emphysema, and cigarette smoke-induced lung damage are known in the art and can include, by way of non-limiting example administration of a bronchodilator; administration of an inhaled steroid; administration of oxygen therapy; bullectomy; lung volume reduction surgery; smoking cessation; and lung transplant. In some embodiments, a treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage can include administration of an inhibitor of MAVS; administration of an agonist of NLRX1; administration of a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1; and/or administration of an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- In some embodiments, the methods described herein relate to treating a subject having or diagnosed as having, e.g., emphysema with an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1. Subjects having emphysema can be identified by a physician using current methods of diagnosing emphysema. Symptoms and/or complications of emphysema which characterize these conditions and aid in diagnosis are well known in the art and include but are not limited to, shortness of breath. Tests that may aid in a diagnosis of, e.g. emphysema include, but are not limited to, chest X-rays, CT scans, blood oxygenation tests, and lung function tests. A family history of emphysema, or exposure to risk factors for emphysema (e.g. smoking) can also aid in determining if a subject is likely to have emphysema or in making a diagnosis of emphysema.
- The compositions and methods described herein can be administered to a subject having or diagnosed as having COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. In some embodiments, the methods described herein comprise administering an effective amount of compositions described herein, e.g. an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 to a subject in order to alleviate a symptom of COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. As used herein, “alleviating a symptom” of a disease or condition is ameliorating any condition or symptom associated with the disease or condition. As compared with an equivalent untreated control, such reduction is by at least 5%, 10%, 20%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99% or more as measured by any standard technique. A variety of means for administering the compositions described herein to subjects are known to those of skill in the art. Such methods can include, but are not limited to oral, parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, transdermal, airway (aerosol), pulmonary, cutaneous, topical, or injection administration. Administration can be local or systemic.
- The term “effective amount” as used herein refers to the amount of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 needed to alleviate at least one or more symptom of the disease or disorder, and relates to a sufficient amount of pharmacological composition to provide the desired effect. The term “therapeutically effective amount” therefore refers to an amount of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 that is sufficient to provide a particular effect when administered to a typical subject. An effective amount as used herein, in various contexts, would also include an amount sufficient to delay the development of a symptom of the disease, alter the course of a symptom disease (for example but not limited to, slowing the progression of a symptom of the disease), or reverse a symptom of the disease. Thus, it is not generally practicable to specify an exact “effective amount”. However, for any given case, an appropriate “effective amount” can be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using only routine experimentation.
- Effective amounts, toxicity, and therapeutic efficacy can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dosage can vary depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. Compositions and methods that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. A therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. Also, a dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1, which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture, or in an appropriate animal model. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography. The effects of any particular dosage can be monitored by a suitable bioassay, e.g., assay for inflammation in the lungs, among others. The dosage can be determined by a physician and adjusted, as necessary, to suit observed effects of the treatment.
- In some embodiments, the technology described herein relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 as described herein, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and diluents include saline, aqueous buffer solutions, solvents and/or dispersion media. The use of such carriers and diluents is well known in the art. Some non-limiting examples of materials which can serve as pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate and talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol (PEG); (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) pH buffered solutions; (21) polyesters, polycarbonates and/or polyanhydrides; (22) bulking agents, such as polypeptides and amino acids (23) serum component, such as serum albumin, HDL and LDL; (22) C2-C12 alcohols, such as ethanol; and (23) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations. Wetting agents, coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming agents, preservative and antioxidants can also be present in the formulation. The terms such as “excipient”, “carrier”, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” or the like are used interchangeably herein. In some embodiments, the carrier inhibits the degradation of the active agent, e.g. an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 as described herein.
- In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 as described herein can be a parenteral dose form. Since administration of parenteral dosage forms typically bypasses the patient's natural defenses against contaminants, parenteral dosage forms are preferably sterile or capable of being sterilized prior to administration to a patient. Examples of parenteral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, solutions ready for injection, dry products ready to be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle for injection, suspensions ready for injection, and emulsions. In addition, controlled-release parenteral dosage forms can be prepared for administration of a patient, including, but not limited to, DUROS®-type dosage forms and dose-dumping.
- Suitable vehicles that can be used to provide parenteral dosage forms of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 as disclosed within are well known to those skilled in the art. Examples include, without limitation: sterile water; water for injection USP; saline solution; glucose solution; aqueous vehicles such as but not limited to, sodium chloride injection, Ringer's injection, dextrose Injection, dextrose and sodium chloride injection, and lactated Ringer's injection; water-miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and propylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate. Compounds that alter or modify the solubility of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 as disclosed herein can also be incorporated into the parenteral dosage forms of the disclosure, including conventional and controlled-release parenteral dosage forms.
- Pharmaceutical compositions comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 can also be formulated to be suitable for oral administration, for example as discrete dosage forms, such as, but not limited to, tablets (including without limitation scored or coated tablets), pills, caplets, capsules, chewable tablets, powder packets, cachets, troches, wafers, aerosol sprays, or liquids, such as but not limited to, syrups, elixirs, solutions or suspensions in an aqueous liquid, a non-aqueous liquid, an oil-in-water emulsion, or a water-in-oil emulsion. Such compositions contain a predetermined amount of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the disclosed compounds, and may be prepared by methods of pharmacy well known to those skilled in the art. See generally, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Ed., Lippincott, Williams, and Wilkins, Philadelphia Pa. (2005).
- A composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 can be administered directly to the airways of a subject in the form of an aerosol or by nebulization. For use as aerosols, an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX in solution or suspension may be packaged in a pressurized aerosol container together with suitable propellants, for example, hydrocarbon propellants like propane, butane, or isobutane with conventional adjuvants. An inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 can also be administered in a non-pressurized form such as in a nebulizer or atomizer.
- The term “nebulization” is well known in the art to include reducing liquid to a fine spray. Preferably, by such nebulization small liquid droplets of uniform size are produced from a larger body of liquid in a controlled manner. Nebulization can be achieved by any suitable means therefore, including by using many nebulizers known and marketed today. For example, an AEROMIST pneumatic nebulizer available from Inhalation Plastic, Inc. of Niles, Ill. When the active ingredients are adapted to be administered, either together or individually, via nebulizer(s) they can be in the form of a nebulized aqueous suspension or solution, with or without a suitable pH or tonicity adjustment, either as a unit dose or multidose device.
- As is well known, any suitable gas can be used to apply pressure during the nebulization, with preferred gases to date being those which are chemically inert to a modulator of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1. Exemplary gases including, but are not limited to, nitrogen, argon or helium can be used to high advantage.
- In some embodiments, an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 can also be administered directly to the airways in the form of a dry powder. For use as a dry powder, an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 can be administered by use of an inhaler. Exemplary inhalers include metered dose inhalers and dry powdered inhalers.
- A metered dose inhaler or “MDI” is a pressure resistant canister or container filled with a product such as a pharmaceutical composition dissolved in a liquefied propellant or micronized particles suspended in a liquefied propellant. The propellants which can be used include chlorofluorocarbons, hydrocarbons or hydrofluoroalkanes. Especially preferred propellants are P134a (tetrafluoroethane) and P227 (heptafluoropropane) each of which may be used alone or in combination. They are optionally used in combination with one or more other propellants and/or one or more surfactants and/or one or more other excipients, for example ethanol, a lubricant, an anti-oxidant and/or a stabilizing agent. The correct dosage of the composition is delivered to the patient.
- A dry powder inhaler (i.e. Turbuhaler (Astra AB)) is a system operable with a source of pressurized air to produce dry powder particles of a pharmaceutical composition that is compacted into a very small volume.
- Dry powder aerosols for inhalation therapy are generally produced with mean diameters primarily in the range of <5 μm. As the diameter of particles exceeds 3 μm, there is increasingly less phagocytosis by macrophages. However, increasing the particle size also has been found to minimize the probability of particles (possessing standard mass density) entering the airways and acini due to excessive deposition in the oropharyngeal or nasal regions.
- Suitable powder compositions include, by way of illustration, powdered preparations of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 thoroughly intermixed with lactose, or other inert powders acceptable for intrabronchial administration. The powder compositions can be administered via an aerosol dispenser or encased in a breakable capsule which may be inserted by the patient into a device that punctures the capsule and blows the powder out in a steady stream suitable for inhalation. The compositions can include propellants, surfactants, and co-solvents and may be filled into conventional aerosol containers that are closed by a suitable metering valve.
- Aerosols for the delivery to the respiratory tract are known in the art. See for example, Adjei, A. and Garren, J. Pharm. Res., 1: 565-569 (1990); Zanen, P. and Lamm, J.-W. J. Int. J. Pharm., 114: 111-115 (1995); Gonda, I. “Aerosols for delivery of therapeutic an diagnostic agents to the respiratory tract,” in Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 6:273-313 (1990); Anderson et al., Am. Rev. Respir. Dis., 140: 1317-1324 (1989)) and have potential for the systemic delivery of peptides and proteins as well (Patton and Platz, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 8:179-196 (1992)); Timsina et. al., Int. J. Pharm., 101: 1-13 (1995); and Tansey, I. P., Spray Technol. Market, 4:26-29 (1994); French, D. L., Edwards, D. A. and Niven, R. W., Aerosol Sci., 27: 769-783 (1996); Visser, J., Powder Technology 58: 1-10 (1989)); Rudt, S. and R. H. Muller, J. Controlled Release, 22: 263-272 (1992); Tabata, Y, and Y. Ikada, Biomed. Mater. Res., 22: 837-858 (1988); Wall, D. A., Drug Delivery, 2: 10 1-20 1995); Patton, J. and Platz, R., Adv. Drug Del. Rev., 8: 179-196 (1992); Bryon, P., Adv. Drug. Del. Rev., 5: 107-132 (1990); Patton, J. S., et al., Controlled Release, 28: 15 79-85 (1994); Damms, B. and Bains, W., Nature Biotechnology (1996); Niven, R. W., et al., Pharm. Res., 12(9); 1343-1349 (1995); and Kobayashi, S., et al., Pharm. Res., 13(1): 80-83 (1996), contents of all of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- Conventional dosage forms generally provide rapid or immediate drug release from the formulation. Depending on the pharmacology and pharmacokinetics of the drug, use of conventional dosage forms can lead to wide fluctuations in the concentrations of the drug in a patient's blood and other tissues. These fluctuations can impact a number of parameters, such as dose frequency, onset of action, duration of efficacy, maintenance of therapeutic blood levels, toxicity, side effects, and the like. Advantageously, controlled-release formulations can be used to control a drug's onset of action, duration of action, plasma levels within the therapeutic window, and peak blood levels. In particular, controlled- or extended-release dosage forms or formulations can be used to ensure that the maximum effectiveness of a drug is achieved while minimizing potential adverse effects and safety concerns, which can occur both from under-dosing a drug (i.e., going below the minimum therapeutic levels) as well as exceeding the toxicity level for the drug. In some embodiments, the inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1 can be administered in a sustained release formulation.
- Controlled-release pharmaceutical products have a common goal of improving drug therapy over that achieved by their non-controlled release counterparts. Ideally, the use of an optimally designed controlled-release preparation in medical treatment is characterized by a minimum of drug substance being employed to cure or control the condition in a minimum amount of time. Advantages of controlled-release formulations include: 1) extended activity of the drug; 2) reduced dosage frequency; 3) increased patient compliance; 4) usage of less total drug; 5) reduction in local or systemic side effects; 6) minimization of drug accumulation; 7) reduction in blood level fluctuations; 8) improvement in efficacy of treatment; 9) reduction of potentiation or loss of drug activity; and 10) improvement in speed of control of diseases or conditions. Kim, Cherng-ju, Controlled Release Dosage Form Design, 2 (Technomic Publishing, Lancaster, Pa.: 2000).
- Most controlled-release formulations are designed to initially release an amount of drug (active ingredient) that promptly produces the desired therapeutic effect, and gradually and continually release other amounts of drug to maintain this level of therapeutic or prophylactic effect over an extended period of time. In order to maintain this constant level of drug in the body, the drug must be released from the dosage form at a rate that will replace the amount of drug being metabolized and excreted from the body. Controlled-release of an active ingredient can be stimulated by various conditions including, but not limited to, pH, ionic strength, osmotic pressure, temperature, enzymes, water, and other physiological conditions or compounds.
- A variety of known controlled- or extended-release dosage forms, formulations, and devices can be adapted for use with the salts and compositions of the disclosure. Examples include, but are not limited to, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809; 3,598,123; 4,008,719; 5,674,533; 5,059,595; 5,591,767; 5,120,548; 5,073,543; 5,639,476; 5,354,556; 5,733,566; and 6,365,185 B1; each of which is incorporated herein by reference. These dosage forms can be used to provide slow or controlled-release of one or more active ingredients using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, other polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems (such as OROS® (Alza Corporation, Mountain View, Calif. USA)), or a combination thereof to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions.
- The methods described herein can further comprise administering a second agent and/or treatment to the subject, e.g. as part of a combinatorial therapy. By way of non-limiting example, if a subject is to be treated with an NLRX1 agonist according to the methods described herein, the subject can also be administered a second agent and/or treatment known to be beneficial for subjects suffering from COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. Examples of such agents and/or treatments include, but are not limited to, administration of a bronchodilator; administration of an inhaled steroid; administration of oxygen therapy; bullectomy; lung volume reduction surgery; and smoking cessation.
- In certain embodiments, an effective dose of a composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 as described herein can be administered to a patient once. In certain embodiments, an effective dose of a composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 can be administered to a patient repeatedly. For systemic administration, subjects can be administered a therapeutic amount of a composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1, such as, e.g. 0.1 mg/kg, 0.5 mg/kg, 1.0 mg/kg, 2.0 mg/kg, 2.5 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 15 mg/kg, 20 mg/kg, 25 mg/kg, 30 mg/kg, 40 mg/kg, 50 mg/kg, or more.
- In some embodiments, after an initial treatment regimen, the treatments can be administered on a less frequent basis. For example, after treatment biweekly for three months, treatment can be repeated once per month, for six months or a year or longer. Treatment according to the methods described herein can reduce levels of a marker or symptom of a condition, e.g. by at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80% or at least 90% or more.
- The dosage of a composition as described herein can be determined by a physician and adjusted, as necessary, to suit observed effects of the treatment. With respect to duration and frequency of treatment, it is typical for skilled clinicians to monitor subjects in order to determine when the treatment is providing therapeutic benefit, and to determine whether to increase or decrease dosage, increase or decrease administration frequency, discontinue treatment, resume treatment, or make other alterations to the treatment regimen. The dosing schedule can vary from once a week to daily depending on a number of clinical factors, such as the subject's sensitivity to the active ingredient. The desired dose or amount of activation can be administered at one time or divided into subdoses, e.g., 2-4 subdoses and administered over a period of time, e.g., at appropriate intervals through the day or other appropriate schedule. In some embodiments, administration can be chronic, e.g., one or more doses and/or treatments daily over a period of weeks or months. Examples of dosing and/or treatment schedules are administration daily, twice daily, three times daily or four or more times daily over a period of 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, or 6 months, or more. A composition comprising an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 can be administered over a period of time, such as over a 5 minute, 10 minute, 15 minute, 20 minute, or 25 minute period.
- The dosage ranges for the administration of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1, according to the methods described herein depend upon, for example, the form of the inhibitor of MAVS and/or agonist of NLRX1, its potency, and the extent to which symptoms, markers, or indicators of a condition described herein are desired to be reduced, for example the percentage reduction desired for inflammation or the extent to which, for example, NLRX1 expression levels are desired to be induced. The dosage should not be so large as to cause adverse side effects. Generally, the dosage will vary with the age, condition, and sex of the patient and can be determined by one of skill in the art. The dosage can also be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any complication.
- The efficacy of an inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 in, e.g. the treatment of a condition described herein, or to induce a response as described herein (e.g. NLRX1 activity and/or expression) can be determined by the skilled clinician. However, a treatment is considered “effective treatment,” as the term is used herein, if one or more of the signs or symptoms of a condition described herein are altered in a beneficial manner, other clinically accepted symptoms are improved, or even ameliorated, or a desired response is induced e.g., by at least 10% following treatment according to the methods described herein. Efficacy can be assessed, for example, by measuring a marker, indicator, symptom, and/or the incidence of a condition treated according to the methods described herein or any other measurable parameter appropriate. Efficacy can also be measured by a failure of an individual to worsen as assessed by hospitalization, or need for medical interventions (i.e., progression of the disease is halted). Methods of measuring these indicators are known to those of skill in the art and/or are described herein. Treatment includes any treatment of a disease in an individual or an animal (some non-limiting examples include a human or an animal) and includes: (1) inhibiting the disease, e.g., preventing a worsening of symptoms (e.g. pain or inflammation); or (2) relieving the severity of the disease, e.g., causing regression of symptoms. An effective amount for the treatment of a disease means that amount which, when administered to a subject in need thereof, is sufficient to result in effective treatment as that term is defined herein, for that disease. Efficacy of an agent can be determined by assessing physical indicators of a condition or desired response, (e.g. NLRX1 activity and/or expression). It is well within the ability of one skilled in the art to monitor efficacy of administration and/or treatment by measuring any one of such parameters, or any combination of parameters. Efficacy can be assessed in animal models of a condition described herein, for example treatment of emphysema and/or COPD. When using an experimental animal model, efficacy of treatment is evidenced when a statistically significant change in a marker is observed, e.g. lung volume, surface area, and/or chord length.
- In vitro and animal model assays are provided herein which allow the assessment of a given dose of inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1. By way of non-limiting example, the effects of a dose of inhibitor of MAVS and/or an agonist of NLRX1 can be assessed by measuring the levels of expression of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S,
type 1 IFNs,caspase 1, IL-1β, and/or IL-18, where increased NLRX1 levels and/or activity results in decreased levels of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S,type 1 IFNs,caspase 1, IL-1β, and/or IL-18 and where decreased MAVS levels and/or activity results in decreased levels of CXCL13, MMP-12, cathepsisn K, cathepsin S,type 1 IFNs,caspase 1, IL-1β, and/or IL-18. - The efficacy of a given dosage combination can also be assessed in an animal model, e.g. a mouse model of cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. For example, mice can be exposed to cigarette smoke and a therapeutic agent or control intranasally. Lung tissue can be harvested at the desired time point and mean chord length and the surface area of the lungs determined following stereological analysis of the lungs according to the ATS/ERS guidelines. Briefly, the left lung can be inflated with 0.5% low temperature-melting agarose in 10% buffered formalin fixative at a constant pressure of 25 cm. After the fixation, lung volume (VL) of the left lung was determined by the water immersion method. Images can be taken equally spaced and systematically placed meander-like over the whole surface of the lung sections. Pictures can be quantitatively analyzed by using a test system of points and lines superimposed over the digital images via the STEPanizer™ program. The intersecting points falling on alveolar space (Pa), alveolar ducts (Pd), and points falling on septum (Ps) can be counted separately among total points (Ptotal). Point counts yielded relative volume densities and alveolar surface area (S) can be calculated by the following formula; (1) Airspace fraction (FA)=(Pa+Pd+Ps)/Ptotal; (2) Airspace volume (VA)=FA×VL; (3) S=4VA/Lm (mean linear intercept).
- In one aspect, described herein is a kit for performing any of the assays and/or methods described herein. In some embodiments, the kit can comprise a NLRX1-specific reagent.
- A kit is any manufacture (e.g., a package or container) comprising at least one reagent, e.g., an antibody reagent(s) or nucleic acid probe, for specifically detecting, e.g., a NLRX1 expression product or fragment thereof, the manufacture being promoted, distributed, or sold as a unit for performing the methods or assays described herein. When the kits, and methods described herein are used for diagnosis and/or treatment of COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage in patients, the reagents (e.g., detection probes) or systems can be selected such that a positive result is obtained in at least about 20%, at least about 40%, at least about 60%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 99% or in 100% of subjects having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage.
- In some embodiments, described herein is a kit for the detection of a NLRX1 expression product in a sample, the kit comprising at least a first NLRX1-specific reagent as described herein which specifically binds the NLRX1 expression product, on a solid support and comprising a detectable label. The kits described herein include reagents and/or components that permit assaying the level of an expression product in a sample obtained from a subject (e.g., a biological sample obtained from a subject). The kits described herein can optionally comprise additional components useful for performing the methods and assays described herein.
- A kit can further comprise devices and/or reagents for concentrating an expression product (e.g, a polypeptide) in a sample, e.g. a plasma sample. Thus, ultrafiltration devices permitting, e.g., protein concentration from plasma can also be included as a kit component.
- Preferably, a diagnostic or prognostic kit for use with the methods and assays disclosed herein contains detection reagents for NLRX1 expression products. Such detection reagents comprise in addition to NLRX1-specific reagents, for example, buffer solutions, labels or washing liquids etc. Furthermore, the kit can comprise an amount of a known nucleic acid and/or polypeptide, which can be used for a calibration of the kit or as an internal control. A diagnostic kit for the detection of an expression product can also comprise accessory ingredients like secondary affinity ligands, e.g., secondary antibodies, detection dyes and any other suitable compound or liquid necessary for the performance of a expression product detection method known to the person skilled in the art. Such ingredients are known to the person skilled in the art and may vary depending on the detection method carried out. Additionally, the kit may comprise an instruction leaflet and/or may provide information as to the relevance of the obtained results.
- In some aspects, the invention described herein is directed to systems (and computer readable media for causing computer systems) for obtaining data from at least one sample obtained from at least one subject, the system comprising 1) a measuring module configured to receive the at least one sample and perform at least one analysis on the at least one sample to determine the level and/or activity of NLRX1 in the sample; 2) a storage device configured to store data output from the determination module; and 3) a display module for displaying a content based in part on the data output from the determination module, wherein the content comprises a signal indicative of the level and/or activity of NRLX1.
- In one embodiment, provided herein is a system comprising: (a) at least one memory containing at least one computer program adapted to control the operation of the computer system to implement a method that includes a measuring module configured to measure the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; a storage module configured to store output data from the determination module; a comparison module adapted to compare the data stored on the storage module with a reference level, and to provide a retrieved content, and a display module for displaying whether the sample comprises a level of NRLX1 which is significantly decreases relative to the reference expression level and/or displaying the relative level of NRLX1 and (b) at least one processor for executing the computer program (see
FIG. 17 ). - The term “computer” can refer to any non-human apparatus that is capable of accepting a structured input, processing the structured input according to prescribed rules, and producing results of the processing as output. Examples of a computer include: a computer; a general purpose computer; a supercomputer; a mainframe; a super mini-computer; a mini-computer; a workstation; a micro-computer; a server; an interactive television; a hybrid combination of a computer and an interactive television; a tablet; and application-specific hardware to emulate a computer and/or software. A computer can have a single processor or multiple processors, which can operate in parallel and/or not in parallel. A computer also refers to two or more computers connected together via a network for transmitting or receiving information between the computers. An example of such a computer includes a distributed computer system for processing information via computers linked by a network.
- The term “computer-readable medium” may refer to any storage device used for storing data accessible by a computer, as well as any other means for providing access to data by a computer. Examples of a storage-device-type computer-readable medium include: a magnetic hard disk; a floppy disk; an optical disk, such as a CD-ROM and a DVD; a magnetic tape; a memory chip. The term a “computer system” may refer to a system having a computer, where the computer comprises a computer-readable medium embodying software to operate the computer. The term “software” is used interchangeably herein with “program” and refers to prescribed rules to operate a computer. Examples of software include: software; code segments; instructions; computer programs; and programmed logic.
- The computer readable storage media can be any available tangible media that can be accessed by a computer. Computer readable storage media includes volatile and nonvolatile, removable and non-removable tangible media implemented in any method or technology for storage of information such as computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other data. Computer readable storage media includes, but is not limited to, RAM (random access memory), ROM (read only memory), EPROM (erasable programmable read only memory), EEPROM (electrically erasable programmable read only memory), flash memory or other memory technology, CD-ROM (compact disc read only memory), DVDs (digital versatile disks) or other optical storage media, magnetic cassettes, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage media, other types of volatile and non-volatile memory, and any other tangible medium which can be used to store the desired information and which can accessed by a computer including and any suitable combination of the foregoing.
- Computer-readable data embodied on one or more computer-readable media may define instructions, for example, as part of one or more programs that, as a result of being executed by a computer, instruct the computer to perform one or more of the functions described herein, and/or various embodiments, variations and combinations thereof. Such instructions may be written in any of a plurality of programming languages, for example, Java, J#, Visual Basic, C, C#, C++, Fortran, Pascal, Eiffel, Basic, COBOL assembly language, and the like, or any of a variety of combinations thereof. The computer-readable media on which such instructions are embodied may reside on one or more of the components of either of a system, or a computer readable storage medium described herein, may be distributed across one or more of such components.
- The computer-readable media may be transportable such that the instructions stored thereon can be loaded onto any computer resource to implement the aspects of the present invention discussed herein. In addition, it should be appreciated that the instructions stored on the computer-readable medium, described above, are not limited to instructions embodied as part of an application program running on a host computer. Rather, the instructions may be embodied as any type of computer code (e.g., software or microcode) that can be employed to program a computer to implement aspects of the present invention. The computer executable instructions may be written in a suitable computer language or combination of several languages. Basic computational biology methods are known to those of ordinary skill in the art and are described in, for example, Setubal and Meidanis et al., Introduction to Computational Biology Methods (PWS Publishing Company, Boston, 1997); Salzberg, Searles, Kasif, (Ed.), Computational Methods in Molecular Biology, (Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1998); Rashidi and Buehler, Bioinformatics Basics: Application in Biological Science and Medicine (CRC Press, London, 2000) and Ouelette and Bzevanis Bioinformatics: A Practical Guide for Analysis of Gene and Proteins (Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2nd ed., 2001).
- Embodiments of the invention can be described through functional modules, which are defined by computer executable instructions recorded on computer readable media and which cause a computer to perform method steps when executed. The modules are segregated by function for the sake of clarity. However, it should be understood that the modules/systems need not correspond to discreet blocks of code and the described functions can be carried out by the execution of various code portions stored on various media and executed at various times. Furthermore, it should be appreciated that the modules can perform other functions, thus the modules are not limited to having any particular functions or set of functions.
- The functional modules of certain embodiments of the invention include at minimum a measuring module, a storage module, a computing module, and a display module. The functional modules can be executed on one, or multiple, computers, or by using one, or multiple, computer networks. The measuring module has computer executable instructions to provide e.g., levels of expression products etc in computer readable form.
- The measuring module can comprise any system for detecting a signal elicited from an assay to determine the level and/or activity of NLRX1 described above herein. In some embodiments, such systems can include an instrument, e.g., AU2700 (Beckman Coulter Brea, Calif.) as described herein for quantitative measurement of polypeptides or e.g., a real time PCR machine, e.g. a LIGHTCYCLER™ (Roche). In some embodiments, the measuring module can measure the intensity of a detectable signal from an assay indicating the level of NLRX1 polypeptide in the test sample. In some embodiments, the assay can be an immunoassay. In some embodiments, the measuring module can measure the intensity of a detectable signal from a RT-PCR assay indicating the level of NLRX1 RNA transcript in the test sample.
- The information determined in the determination system can be read by the storage module. As used herein the “storage module” is intended to include any suitable computing or processing apparatus or other device configured or adapted for storing data or information. Examples of electronic apparatus suitable for use with the present invention include stand-alone computing apparatus, data telecommunications networks, including local area networks (LAN), wide area networks (WAN), Internet, Intranet, and Extranet, and local and distributed computer processing systems. Storage modules also include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage media, such as floppy discs, hard disc storage media, magnetic tape, optical storage media such as CD-ROM, DVD, electronic storage media such as RAM, ROM, EPROM, EEPROM and the like, general hard disks and hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical storage media. The storage module is adapted or configured for having recorded thereon, for example, sample name, biomolecule assayed and the level of said biomolecule. Such information may be provided in digital form that can be transmitted and read electronically, e.g., via the Internet, on diskette, via USB (universal serial bus) or via any other suitable mode of communication.
- As used herein, “stored” refers to a process for encoding information on the storage module. Those skilled in the art can readily adopt any of the presently known methods for recording information on known media to generate manufactures comprising expression level information.
- In some embodiments of any of the systems described herein, the storage module stores the output data from the determination module. In additional embodiments, the storage module stores reference information such as levels of NLRX1 in healthy subjects and/or a population of healthy subjects.
- The “computing module” can use a variety of available software programs and formats for computing the level of NLRX1. Such algorithms are well established in the art. A skilled artisan is readily able to determine the appropriate algorithms based on the size and quality of the sample and type of data. The data analysis tools and equations described herein can be implemented in the computing module of the invention. In one embodiment, the computing module further comprises a comparison module, which compares the level of NLRX1 in a sample obtained from a subject as described herein with the mean value of NLRX1 in a population of healthy subjects (
FIG. 18 ). By way of an example, when the value of NLRX1 in a sample obtained from a subject is measured, a comparison module can compare or match the output data with the mean value of NLRX1 in a population of healthy subjects. In certain embodiments, the mean value of NLRX1 in a population of healthy subjects can be pre-stored in the storage module. In various embodiments, the comparison module can be configured using existing commercially-available or freely-available software for comparison purpose, and may be optimized for particular data comparisons that are conducted. - The computing and/or comparison module, or any other module of the invention, can include an operating system (e.g., UNIX) on which runs a relational database management system, a World Wide Web application, and a World Wide Web server. World Wide Web application includes the executable code necessary for generation of database language statements (e.g., Structured Query Language (SQL) statements). Generally, the executables will include embedded SQL statements. In addition, the World Wide Web application may include a configuration file which contains pointers and addresses to the various software entities that comprise the server as well as the various external and internal databases which must be accessed to service user requests. The Configuration file also directs requests for server resources to the appropriate hardware—as may be necessary should the server be distributed over two or more separate computers. In one embodiment, the World Wide Web server supports a TCP/IP protocol. Local networks such as this are sometimes referred to as “Intranets.” An advantage of such Intranets is that they allow easy communication with public domain databases residing on the World Wide Web (e.g., the GenBank or Swiss Pro World Wide Web site). In some embodiments users can directly access data (via Hypertext links for example) residing on Internet databases using a HTML interface provided by Web browsers and Web servers (
FIG. 19 ). - The computing and/or comparison module provides a computer readable comparison result that can be processed in computer readable form by predefined criteria, or criteria defined by a user, to provide content based in part on the comparison result that may be stored and output as requested by a user using an output module, e.g., a display module.
- In some embodiments, the content displayed on the display module can be the level of NLRX1 in the sample obtained from a subject. In some embodiments, the content displayed on the display module can be the relative level of NLRX1 in the sample obtained from a subject as compared to the mean level of NRLX1 in a population of healthy subjects. In some embodiments, if the computing module determines that the level of NRLX1 in the test sample obtained from a subject is less by a statistically significant amount than the reference level, the display module displays a signal indicating that the levels in the sample obtained from a subject are less than those of the reference level. In some embodiments, the signal indicates the subject is in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. In some embodiments, the signal indicates the degree to which the level of NRLX1 in the sample obtained from a subject varies from the reference level. In some embodiments, the content displayed on the display module can indicate whether the subject has an increased likelihood of having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. In some embodiments, the content displayed on the display module can be a numerical value indicating one of these risks or probabilities. In such embodiments, the probability can be expressed in percentages or a fraction. For example, higher percentage or a fraction closer to 1 indicates a higher likelihood of a subject having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. In some embodiments, the content displayed on the display module can be single word or phrases to qualitatively indicate a risk or probability. For example, a word “unlikely” can be used to indicate a lower risk for having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage, while “likely” can be used to indicate a high risk for having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the content based on the computing and/or comparison result is displayed on a computer monitor. In one embodiment of the invention, the content based on the computing and/or comparison result is displayed through printable media. The display module can be any suitable device configured to receive from a computer and display computer readable information to a user. Non-limiting examples include, for example, general-purpose computers such as those based on Intel PENTIUM-type processor, Motorola PowerPC, Sun UltraSPARC, Hewlett-Packard PA-RISC processors, any of a variety of processors available from Advanced Micro Devices (AMD) of Sunnyvale, Calif., or any other type of processor, visual display devices such as flat panel displays, cathode ray tubes and the like, as well as computer printers of various types.
- In one embodiment, a World Wide Web browser is used for providing a user interface for display of the content based on the computing/comparison result. It should be understood that other modules of the invention can be adapted to have a web browser interface. Through the Web browser, a user can construct requests for retrieving data from the computing/comparison module. Thus, the user will typically point and click to user interface elements such as buttons, pull down menus, scroll bars and the like conventionally employed in graphical user interfaces.
- Systems and computer readable media described herein are merely illustrative embodiments of the invention for determining the level and/or activity of NLRX1 in a sample obtained from a subject, and therefore are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. Variations of the systems and computer readable media described herein are possible and are intended to fall within the scope of the invention.
- The modules of the machine, or those used in the computer readable medium, may assume numerous configurations. For example, function may be provided on a single machine or distributed over multiple machines.
- For convenience, the meaning of some terms and phrases used in the specification, examples, and appended claims, are provided below. Unless stated otherwise, or implicit from context, the following terms and phrases include the meanings provided below. The definitions are provided to aid in describing particular embodiments, and are not intended to limit the claimed invention, because the scope of the invention is limited only by the claims. Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. If there is an apparent discrepancy between the usage of a term in the art and its definition provided herein, the definition provided within the specification shall prevail.
- For convenience, certain terms employed herein, in the specification, examples and appended claims are collected here.
- The terms “decrease”, “reduced”, “reduction”, or “inhibit” are all used herein to mean a decrease by a statistically significant amount. In some embodiments, “reduce,” “reduction” or “decrease” or “inhibit” typically means a decrease by at least 10% as compared to a reference level (e.g. the absence of a given treatment) and can include, for example, a decrease by at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 98%, at least about 99%, or more. As used herein, “reduction” or “inhibition” does not encompass a complete inhibition or reduction as compared to a reference level. “Complete inhibition” is a 100% inhibition as compared to a reference level. A decrease can be preferably down to a level accepted as within the range of normal for an individual without a given disorder.
- The terms “increased”, “increase”, “enhance”, or “activate” are all used herein to mean an increase by a statically significant amount. In some embodiments, the terms “increased”, “increase”, “enhance”, or “activate” can mean an increase of at least 10% as compared to a reference level, for example an increase of at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or at least about 60%, or at least about 70%, or at least about 80%, or at least about 90% or up to and including a 100% increase or any increase between 10-100% as compared to a reference level, or at least about a 2-fold, or at least about a 3-fold, or at least about a 4-fold, or at least about a 5-fold or at least about a 10-fold increase, or any increase between 2-fold and 10-fold or greater as compared to a reference level. In the context of a marker or symptom, a “increase” is a statistically significant increase in such level.
- As used herein, a “subject” means a human or animal. Usually the animal is a vertebrate such as a primate, rodent, domestic animal or game animal. Primates include chimpanzees, cynomologous monkeys, spider monkeys, and macaques, e.g., Rhesus. Rodents include mice, rats, woodchucks, ferrets, rabbits and hamsters. Domestic and game animals include cows, horses, pigs, deer, bison, buffalo, feline species, e.g., domestic cat, canine species, e.g., dog, fox, wolf, avian species, e.g., chicken, emu, ostrich, and fish, e.g., trout, catfish and salmon. In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal, e.g., a primate, e.g., a human. The terms, “individual,” “patient” and “subject” are used interchangeably herein.
- Preferably, the subject is a mammal. The mammal can be a human, non-human primate, mouse, rat, dog, cat, horse, or cow, but is not limited to these examples. Mammals other than humans can be advantageously used as subjects that represent animal models of COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. A subject can be male or female.
- As used herein, “engineered” refers to the aspect of having been manipulated by the hand of man. For example, a NLRX1 polypeptide is considered to be “engineered” when the sequence of the polypeptide and/or encoding nucleic acid sequence manipulated by the hand of man to differ from the sequence of an polypeptide as it exists in nature. As is common practice and is understood by those in the art, progeny and copies of an engineered polynucleotide and/or polypeptide are typically still referred to as “engineered” even though the actual manipulation was performed on a prior entity.
- As used herein, “recombinant” refers to a cell, tissue or organism that has undergone transformation with a new combination of genes or DNA. When used in reference to nucleic acid molecules, “recombinant” refers to a combination of nucleic acid molecules that are joined together using recombinant DNA technology into a progeny nucleic acid molecule, and/or a heterologous nucleic acid sequence introduced into a cell, tissue, or organism. When used in reference to a polypeptide, “recombinant” refers to a polypeptide which is the expression product of a recombinant nucleic acid, and can be such a polypeptide as produced by a recombinant cell, tissue, or organism. The nucleic acid molecule can be stably integrated into the genome of the host or the nucleic acid molecule can also be present as an extrachromosomal molecule. Such an extrachromosomal molecule can be auto-replicating. Recombinant viruses, cells, and organisms are understood to encompass not only the end product of a transformation process, but also recombinant progeny thereof.
- A subject can be one who has been previously diagnosed with or identified as suffering from or having a condition in need of treatment (e.g. COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage) or one or more complications related to such a condition, and optionally, have already undergone treatment for the condition or the one or more complications related to the condition. Alternatively, a subject can also be one who has not been previously diagnosed as having a condition or one or more complications related to the condition. For example, a subject can be one who exhibits one or more risk factors for a condition or one or more complications related to the condition or a subject who does not exhibit risk factors.
- A “subject in need” of treatment for a particular condition can be a subject having that condition, diagnosed as having that condition, or at risk of developing that condition.
- As used herein, the terms “protein” and “polypeptide” are used interchangeably herein to designate a series of amino acid residues, connected to each other by peptide bonds between the alpha-amino and carboxy groups of adjacent residues. The terms “protein”, and “polypeptide” refer to a polymer of amino acids, including modified amino acids (e.g., phosphorylated, glycated, glycosylated, etc.) and amino acid analogs, regardless of its size or function. “Protein” and “polypeptide” are often used in reference to relatively large polypeptides, whereas the term “peptide” is often used in reference to small polypeptides, but usage of these terms in the art overlaps. The terms “protein” and “polypeptide” are used interchangeably herein when referring to a gene product and fragments thereof. Thus, exemplary polypeptides or proteins include gene products, naturally occurring proteins, homologs, orthologs, paralogs, fragments and other equivalents, variants, fragments, and analogs of the foregoing.
- As used herein, a particular “polypeptide”, e.g. a NLRX1 polypeptide can include the human polypeptide (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 2); as well as homologs from other species, including but not limited to bovine, dog, cat chicken, murine, rat, porcine, ovine, turkey, horse, fish, baboon and other primates. The terms also refer to fragments or variants of the native polypeptide that maintain at least 50% of the activity or effect of the native full length polypeptide, e.g. as measured in an appropriate animal model. Conservative substitution variants that maintain the activity of wildtype polypeptides will include a conservative substitution as defined herein. The identification of amino acids most likely to be tolerant of conservative substitution while maintaining at least 50% of the activity of the wildtype is guided by, for example, sequence alignment with homologs or paralogs from other species. Amino acids that are identical between homologs are less likely to tolerate change, while those showing conservative differences are obviously much more likely to tolerate conservative change in the context of an artificial variant. Similarly, positions with non-conservative differences are less likely to be critical to function and more likely to tolerate conservative substitution in an artificial variant. Variants can be tested for activity, for example, by administering the variant to an appropriate animal model of allograft rejection as described herein.
- In some embodiments, a polypeptide, e.g., a NLRx1 polypeptide, can be a variant of a sequence described herein, e.g. a variant of a NLRX1 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2. In some embodiments, the variant is a conservative substitution variant. Variants can be obtained by mutations of native nucleotide sequences, for example. A “variant,” as referred to herein, is a polypeptide substantially homologous to a native or reference polypeptide, but which has an amino acid sequence different from that of the native or reference polypeptide because of one or a plurality of deletions, insertions or substitutions. Polypeptide-encoding DNA sequences encompass sequences that comprise one or more additions, deletions, or substitutions of nucleotides when compared to a native or reference DNA sequence, but that encode a variant protein or fragment thereof that retains the relevant biological activity relative to the reference protein, e.g., at least 50% of the wildtype reference protein. As to amino acid sequences, one of skill will recognize that individual substitutions, deletions or additions to a nucleic acid, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence which alters a single amino acid or a small percentage, (i.e. 5% or fewer, e.g. 4% or fewer, or 3% or fewer, or 1% or fewer) of amino acids in the encoded sequence is a “conservatively modified variant” where the alteration results in the substitution of an amino acid with a chemically similar amino acid. It is contemplated that some changes can potentially improve the relevant activity, such that a variant, whether conservative or note, has more than 100% of the activity of wildtype, e.g. 110%, 125%, 150%, 175%, 200%, 500%, 1000% or more.
- One method of identifying amino acid residues which can be substituted is to align, for example, the human polypeptide to a homolog from one or more non-human species. Alignment can provide guidance regarding not only residues likely to be necessary for function but also, conversely, those residues likely to tolerate change. Where, for example, an alignment shows two identical or similar amino acids at corresponding positions, it is more likely that that site is important functionally. Where, conversely, alignment shows residues in corresponding positions to differ significantly in size, charge, hydrophobicity, etc., it is more likely that that site can tolerate variation in a functional polypeptide. The variant amino acid or DNA sequence can be at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or more, identical to a native or reference sequence, e.g. SEQ ID NOs: 2 or 4 or a nucleic acid encoding one of those amino acid sequences. The degree of homology (percent identity) between a native and a mutant sequence can be determined, for example, by comparing the two sequences using freely available computer programs commonly employed for this purpose on the world wide web. The variant amino acid or DNA sequence can be at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or more, similar to the sequence from which it is derived (referred to herein as an “original” sequence). The degree of similarity (percent similarity) between an original and a mutant sequence can be determined, for example, by using a similarity matrix. Similarity matrices are well known in the art and a number of tools for comparing two sequences using similarity matrices are freely available online, e.g. BLASTp (available on the world wide web at http://blast.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov), with default parameters set.
- A given amino acid can be replaced by a residue having similar physiochemical characteristics, e.g., substituting one aliphatic residue for another (such as Ile, Val, Leu, or Ala for one another), or substitution of one polar residue for another (such as between Lys and Arg; Glu and Asp; or Gln and Asn). Other such conservative substitutions, e.g., substitutions of entire regions having similar hydrophobicity characteristics, are well known. Polypeptides comprising conservative amino acid substitutions can be tested in any one of the assays described herein to confirm that a desired activity of a native or reference polypeptide is retained. Conservative substitution tables providing functionally similar amino acids are well known in the art. Such conservatively modified variants are in addition to and do not exclude polymorphic variants, interspecies homologs, and alleles consistent with the disclosure. Typically conservative substitutions for one another include: 1) Alanine (A), Glycine (G); 2) Aspartic acid (D), Glutamic acid (E); 3) Asparagine (N), Glutamine (Q); 4) Arginine (R), Lysine (K); 5) Isoleucine (I), Leucine (L), Methionine (M), Valine (V); 6) Phenylalanine (F), Tyrosine (Y), Tryptophan (W); 7) Serine (S), Threonine (T); and 8) Cysteine (C), Methionine (M) (see, e.g., Creighton, Proteins (1984)).
- Any cysteine residue not involved in maintaining the proper conformation of the polypeptide also can be substituted, generally with serine, to improve the oxidative stability of the molecule and prevent aberrant crosslinking. Conversely, cysteine bond(s) can be added to the polypeptide to improve its stability or facilitate oligomerization.
- In some embodiments, a polypeptide, e.g., a NLRX1 polypeptide, administered to a subject can comprise one or more amino acid substitutions or modifications. In some embodiments, the substitutions and/or modifications can prevent or reduce proteolytic degradation and/or prolong half-life of the polypeptide in the subject. In some embodiments, a polypeptide can be modified by conjugating or fusing it to other polypeptide or polypeptide domains such as, by way of non-limiting example, transferrin (WO06096515A2), albumin (Yeh et al., 1992), growth hormone (US2003104578AA); cellulose (Levy and Shoseyov, 2002); and/or Fc fragments (Ashkenazi and Chamow, 1997). The references in the foregoing paragraph are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
- In some embodiments, a polypeptide, e.g., an NLRX1 polypeptide, as described herein can comprise at least one peptide bond replacement. A single peptide bond or multiple peptide bonds, e.g. 2 bonds, 3 bonds, 4 bonds, 5 bonds, or 6 or more bonds, or all the peptide bonds can be replaced. An isolated peptide as described herein can comprise one type of peptide bond replacement or multiple types of peptide bond replacements, e.g. 2 types, 3 types, 4 types, 5 types, or more types of peptide bond replacements. Non-limiting examples of peptide bond replacements include urea, thiourea, carbamate, sulfonyl urea, trifluoroethylamine, ortho-(aminoalkyl)-phenylacetic acid, para-(aminoalkyl)-phenylacetic acid, meta-(aminoalkyl)-phenylacetic acid, thioamide, tetrazole, boronic ester, olefinic group, and derivatives thereof.
- In some embodiments, a polypeptide, e.g., a NLRX1 polypeptide, as described herein can comprise naturally occurring amino acids commonly found in polypeptides and/or proteins produced by living organisms, e.g. Ala (A), Val (V), Leu (L), Ile (I), Pro (P), Phe (F), Trp (W), Met (M), Gly (G), Ser (S), Thr (T), Cys (C), Tyr (Y), Asn (N), Gln (Q), Asp (D), Glu (E), Lys (K), Arg (R), and His (H). In some embodiments, an NLRX1 polypeptide as described herein can comprise alternative amino acids. Non-limiting examples of alternative amino acids include, D-amino acids; beta-amino acids; homocysteine, phosphoserine, phosphothreonine, phosphotyrosine, hydroxyproline, gamma-carboxyglutamate; hippuric acid, octahydroindole-2-carboxylic acid, statine, 1,2,3,4,-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, penicillamine (3-mercapto-D-valine), ornithine, citruline, alpha-methyl-alanine, para-benzoylphenylalanine, para-amino phenylalanine, p-fluorophenylalanine, phenylglycine, propargylglycine, sarcosine, and tert-butylglycine), diaminobutyric acid, 7-hydroxy-tetrahydroisoquinoline carboxylic acid, naphthylalanine, biphenylalanine, cyclohexylalanine, amino-isobutyric acid, norvaline, norleucine, tert-leucine, tetrahydroisoquinoline carboxylic acid, pipecolic acid, phenylglycine, homophenylalanine, cyclohexylglycine, dehydroleucine, 2,2-diethylglycine, 1-amino-1-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid, 1-amino-1-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, amino-benzoic acid, amino-naphthoic acid, gamma-aminobutyric acid, difluorophenylalanine, nipecotic acid, alpha-amino butyric acid, thienyl-alanine, t-butylglycine, trifluorovaline; hexafluoroleucine; fluorinated analogs; azide-modified amino acids; alkyne-modified amino acids; cyano-modified amino acids; and derivatives thereof.
- In some embodiments, a polypeptide, e.g. a NLRX1 polypeptide, can be modified, e.g. by addition of a moiety to one or more of the amino acids comprising the peptide. In some embodiments, a polypeptide as described herein can comprise one or more moiety molecules, e.g. 1 or more moiety molecules per peptide, 2 or more moiety molecules per peptide, 5 or more moiety molecules per peptide, 10 or more moiety molecules per peptide or more moiety molecules per peptide. In some embodiments, a polypeptide as described herein can comprise one more types of modifications and/or moieties, e.g. 1 type of modification, 2 types of modifications, 3 types of modifications or more types of modifications. Non-limiting examples of modifications and/or moieties include PEGylation; glycosylation; HESylation; ELPylation; lipidation; acetylation; amidation; end-capping modifications; cyano groups; phosphorylation; albumin, and cyclization. In some embodiments, an end-capping modification can comprise acetylation at the N-terminus, N-terminal acylation, and N-terminal formylation. In some embodiments, an end-capping modification can comprise amidation at the C-terminus, introduction of C-terminal alcohol, aldehyde, ester, and thioester moieties. The half-life of a polypeptide can be increased by the addition of moieties, e.g. PEG or albumin.
- In some embodiments, the polypeptide administered to the subject (or a nucleic acid encoding such a polypeptide) can be a functional fragment of one of the amino acid sequences described herein. As used herein, a “functional fragment” is a fragment or segment of a peptide which retains at least 50% of the wildtype reference polypeptide's activity according to the assays described below herein. A functional fragment can comprise conservative substitutions of the sequences disclosed herein.
- Alterations of the original amino acid sequence can be accomplished by any of a number of techniques known to one of skill in the art. Mutations can be introduced, for example, at particular loci by synthesizing oligonucleotides containing a mutant sequence, flanked by restriction sites permitting ligation to fragments of the native sequence. Following ligation, the resulting reconstructed sequence encodes an analog having the desired amino acid insertion, substitution, or deletion. Alternatively, oligonucleotide-directed site-specific mutagenesis procedures can be employed to provide an altered nucleotide sequence having particular codons altered according to the substitution, deletion, or insertion required. Techniques for making such alterations include those disclosed by Walder et al. (Gene 42:133, 1986); Bauer et al. (Gene 37:73, 1985); Craik (BioTechniques, January 1985, 12-19); Smith et al. (Genetic Engineering: Principles and Methods, Plenum Press, 1981); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,518,584 and 4,737,462, which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties. In some embodiments, a polypeptide as described herein can be chemically synthesized and mutations can be incorporated as part of the chemical synthesis process.
- In some embodiments, a polypeptide, e.g., a NLRX1 polypeptide, as described herein can be formulated as a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug. As used herein, a “prodrug” refers to compounds that can be converted via some chemical or physiological process (e.g., enzymatic processes and metabolic hydrolysis) to a therapeutic agent. Thus, the term “prodrug” also refers to a precursor of a biologically active compound that is pharmaceutically acceptable. A prodrug may be inactive when administered to a subject, i.e. an ester, but is converted in vivo to an active compound, for example, by hydrolysis to the free carboxylic acid or free hydroxyl. The prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in an organism. The term “prodrug” is also meant to include any covalently bonded carriers, which release the active compound in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subject. Prodrugs of an active compound may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the active compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent active compound. Prodrugs include compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the active compound is administered to a subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino or free mercapto group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of an alcohol or acetamide, formamide and benzamide derivatives of an amine functional group in the active compound and the like. See Harper, “Drug Latentiation” in Jucker, ed. Progress in Drug Research 4:221-294 (1962); Morozowich et al, “Application of Physical Organic Principles to Prodrug Design” in E. B. Roche ed. Design of Biopharmaceutical Properties through Prodrugs and Analogs, APHA Acad. Pharm. Sci. 40 (1977); Bioreversible Carriers in Drug in Drug Design, Theory and Application, E. B. Roche, ed., APHA Acad. Pharm. Sci. (1987); Design of Prodrugs, H. Bundgaard, Elsevier (1985); Wang et al. “Prodrug approaches to the improved delivery of peptide drug” in Curr. Pharm. Design. 5(4):265-287 (1999); Pauletti et al. (1997) Improvement in peptide bioavailability: Peptidomimetics and Prodrug Strategies, Adv. Drug. Delivery Rev. 27:235-256; Mizen et al. (1998) “The Use of Esters as Prodrugs for Oral Delivery of (3-Lactam antibiotics,” Pharm. Biotech. 11:345-365; Gaignault et al. (1996) “Designing Prodrugs and Bioprecursors I. Carrier Prodrugs,” Pract. Med. Chem. 671-696; Asgharnej ad, “Improving Oral Drug Transport”, in Transport Processes in Pharmaceutical Systems, G. L. Amidon, P. I. Lee and E. M. Topp, Eds., Marcell Dekker, p. 185-218 (2000); Balant et al., “Prodrugs for the improvement of drug absorption via different routes of administration”, Eur. J. Drug Metab. Pharmacokinet., 15(2): 143-53 (1990); Balimane and Sinko, “Involvement of multiple transporters in the oral absorption of nucleoside analogues”, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev., 39(1-3): 183-209 (1999); Browne, “Fosphenytoin (Cerebyx)”, Clin. Neuropharmacol. 20(1): 1-12 (1997); Bundgaard, “Bioreversible derivatization of drugs—principle and applicability to improve the therapeutic effects of drugs”, Arch. Pharm. Chemi 86(1): 1-39 (1979); Bundgaard H. “Improved drug delivery by the prodrug approach”, Controlled Drug Delivery 17: 179-96 (1987); Bundgaard H. “Prodrugs as a means to improve the delivery of peptide drugs”, Arfv. Drug Delivery Rev. 8(1): 1-38 (1992); Fleisher et al. “Improved oral drug delivery: solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs”, Arfv. Drug Delivery Rev. 19(2): 115-130 (1996); Fleisher et al. “Design of prodrugs for improved gastrointestinal absorption by intestinal enzyme targeting”, Methods Enzymol. 112 (Drug Enzyme Targeting, Pt. A): 360-81, (1985); Farquhar D, et al., “Biologically Reversible Phosphate-Protective Groups”, Pharm. Sci., 72(3): 324-325 (1983); Freeman S, et al., “Bioreversible Protection for the Phospho Group: Chemical Stability and Bioactivation of Di(4-acetoxy-benzyl) Methylphosphonate with Carboxyesterase,” Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 875-877 (1991); Friis and Bundgaard, “Prodrugs of phosphates and phosphonates: Novel lipophilic alphaacyloxyalkyl ester derivatives of phosphate- or phosphonate containing drugs masking the negative charges of these groups”, Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 4: 49-59 (1996); Gangwar et al., “Prodrug, molecular structure and percutaneous delivery”, Des. Biopharm. Prop. Prodrugs Analogs, [Symp.] Meeting Date 1976, 409-21. (1977); Nathwani and Wood, “Penicillins: a current review of their clinical pharmacology and therapeutic use”, Drugs 45(6): 866-94 (1993); Sinhababu and Thakker, “Prodrugs of anticancer agents”, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 19(2): 241-273 (1996); Stella et al., “Prodrugs. Do they have advantages in clinical practice?”, Drugs 29(5): 455-73 (1985); Tan et al. “Development and optimization of anti-HIV nucleoside analogs and prodrugs: A review of their cellular pharmacology, structure-activity relationships and pharmacokinetics”, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 39(1-3): 117-151 (1999); Taylor, “Improved passive oral drug delivery via prodrugs”, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev., 19(2): 131-148 (1996); Valentino and Borchardt, “Prodrug strategies to enhance the intestinal absorption of peptides”, Drug Discovery Today 2(4): 148-155 (1997); Wiebe and Knaus, “Concepts for the design of anti-HIV nucleoside prodrugs for treating cephalic HIV infection”, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev.: 39(1-3):63-80 (1999); Waller et al., “Prodrugs”, Br. J. Clin. Pharmac. 28: 497-507 (1989), which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
- In some embodiments, a polypeptide as described herein can be a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate. The term “solvate” refers to a peptide as described herein in the solid state, wherein molecules of a suitable solvent are incorporated in the crystal lattice. A suitable solvent for therapeutic administration is physiologically tolerable at the dosage administered. Examples of suitable solvents for therapeutic administration are ethanol and water. When water is the solvent, the solvate is referred to as a hydrate. In general, solvates are formed by dissolving the compound in the appropriate solvent and isolating the solvate by cooling or using an antisolvent. The solvate is typically dried or azeotroped under ambient conditions.
- The peptides of the present invention can be synthesized by using well known methods including recombinant methods and chemical synthesis. Recombinant methods of producing a peptide through the introduction of a vector including nucleic acid encoding the peptide into a suitable host cell is well known in the art, such as is described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2d Ed,
Vols 1 to 8, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989); M. W. Pennington and B. M. Dunn, Methods in Molecular Biology: Peptide Synthesis Protocols,Vol 35, Humana Press, Totawa, N.J. (1994), contents of both of which are herein incorporated by reference. Peptides can also be chemically synthesized using methods well known in the art. See for example, Merrifield et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149 (1964); Bodanszky, M., Principles of Peptide Synthesis, Springer-Verlag, New York, N.Y. (1984); Kimmerlin, T. and Seebach, D. J. Pept. Res. 65:229-260 (2005); Nilsson et al., Annu. Rev. Biophys. Biomol. Struct. (2005) 34:91-118; W. C. Chan and P. D. White (Eds.) Fmoc Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis: A Practical Approach, Oxford University Press, Cary, N.C. (2000); N. L. Benoiton, Chemistry of Peptide Synthesis, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla. (2005); J. Jones, Amino Acid and Peptide Synthesis, 2nd Ed, Oxford University Press, Cary, N.C. (2002); and P. Lloyd-Williams, F. Albericio, and E. Giralt, Chemical Approaches to the synthesis of peptides and proteins, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla. (1997), contents of all of which are herein incorporated by reference. Peptide derivatives can also be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,612,302; 4,853,371; and 4,684,620, and U.S. Pat. App. Pub. No. 2009/0263843, contents of all which are herein incorporated by reference. - In some embodiments, the technology described herein relates to a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide (e.g. a NLRX1 polypeptide) as described herein. As used herein, the term “nucleic acid” or “nucleic acid sequence” refers to any molecule, preferably a polymeric molecule, incorporating units of ribonucleic acid, deoxyribonucleic acid or an analog thereof. The nucleic acid can be either single-stranded or double-stranded. A single-stranded nucleic acid can be one strand nucleic acid of a denatured double-stranded DNA. Alternatively, it can be a single-stranded nucleic acid not derived from any double-stranded DNA. In one aspect, the nucleic acid is DNA. In another aspect, the nucleic acid is RNA. Suitable nucleic acid molecules are DNA, including genomic DNA or cDNA. Other suitable nucleic acid molecules are RNA, including mRNA. The nucleic acid molecule can be naturally occurring, as in genomic DNA, or it may be synthetic, i.e., prepared based up human action, or may be a combination of the two. The nucleic acid molecule can also have certain modification such as 2′-deoxy, 2′-deoxy-2′-fluoro, 2′-O-methyl, 2′-O-methoxyethyl (2′-O-MOE), 2′-O-aminopropyl (2′-O-AP), 2′-O-dimethylaminoethyl (2′-O-DMAOE), 2′-O-dimethylaminopropyl (2′-O-DMAP), 2′-O-dimethylaminoethyloxyethyl (2′-O-DMAEOE), or 2′-O—N-methylacetamido (2′-O-NMA), cholesterol addition, and phosphorothioate backbone as described in US Patent Application 20070213292; and certain ribonucleoside that are is linked between the 2′-oxygen and the 4′-carbon atoms with a methylene unit as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,268,490, wherein both patent and patent application are incorporated hereby reference in their entirety.
- In some embodiments, a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide as described herein (e.g. an NLRX1 polypeptide) is comprised by a vector. In some of the aspects described herein, a nucleic acid sequence encoding a given polypeptide as described herein, or any module thereof, is operably linked to a vector. The term “vector”, as used herein, refers to a nucleic acid construct designed for delivery to a host cell or for transfer between different host cells. As used herein, a vector can be viral or non-viral. The term “vector” encompasses any genetic element that is capable of replication when associated with the proper control elements and that can transfer gene sequences to cells. A vector can include, but is not limited to, a cloning vector, an expression vector, a plasmid, phage, transposon, cosmid, chromosome, virus, virion, etc.
- As used herein, the term “expression vector” refers to a vector that directs expression of an RNA or polypeptide from sequences linked to transcriptional regulatory sequences on the vector. The sequences expressed will often, but not necessarily, be heterologous to the cell. An expression vector may comprise additional elements, for example, the expression vector may have two replication systems, thus allowing it to be maintained in two organisms, for example in human cells for expression and in a prokaryotic host for cloning and amplification. The term “expression” refers to the cellular processes involved in producing RNA and proteins and as appropriate, secreting proteins, including where applicable, but not limited to, for example, transcription, transcript processing, translation and protein folding, modification and processing. “Expression products” include RNA transcribed from a gene, and polypeptides obtained by translation of mRNA transcribed from a gene. The term “gene” means the nucleic acid sequence which is transcribed (DNA) to RNA in vitro or in vivo when operably linked to appropriate regulatory sequences. The gene may or may not include regions preceding and following the coding region, e.g. 5′ untranslated (5′UTR) or “leader” sequences and 3′ UTR or “trailer” sequences, as well as intervening sequences (introns) between individual coding segments (exons).
- As used herein, the term “viral vector” refers to a nucleic acid vector construct that includes at least one element of viral origin and has the capacity to be packaged into a viral vector particle. The viral vector can contain the nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide as described herein in place of non-essential viral genes. The vector and/or particle may be utilized for the purpose of transferring any nucleic acids into cells either in vitro or in vivo. Numerous forms of viral vectors are known in the art.
- By “recombinant vector” is meant a vector that includes a heterologous nucleic acid sequence, or “transgene” that is capable of expression in vivo. It should be understood that the vectors described herein can, in some embodiments, be combined with other suitable compositions and therapies. In some embodiments, the vector is episomal. The use of a suitable episomal vector provides a means of maintaining the nucleotide of interest in the subject in high copy number extra chromosomal DNA thereby eliminating potential effects of chromosomal integration.
- In some embodiments, an inhibitor of a given polypeptide can be an antibody reagent specific for that polypeptide. As used herein an “antibody” refers to IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD or IgE molecules or antigen-specific antibody fragments thereof (including, but not limited to, a Fab, F(ab′)2, Fv, disulphide linked Fv, scFv, single domain antibody, closed conformation multispecific antibody, disulphide-linked scfv, diabody), whether derived from any species that naturally produces an antibody, or created by recombinant DNA technology; whether isolated from serum, B-cells, hybridomas, transfectomas, yeast or bacteria.
- As described herein, an “antigen” is a molecule that is bound by a binding site on an antibody agent. Typically, antigens are bound by antibody ligands and are capable of raising an antibody response in vivo. An antigen can be a polypeptide, protein, nucleic acid or other molecule or portion thereof. The term “antigenic determinant” refers to an epitope on the antigen recognized by an antigen-binding molecule, and more particularly, by the antigen-binding site of said molecule.
- As used herein, the term “antibody reagent” refers to a polypeptide that includes at least one immunoglobulin variable domain or immunoglobulin variable domain sequence and which specifically binds a given antigen. An antibody reagent can comprise an antibody or a polypeptide comprising an antigen-binding domain of an antibody. In some embodiments, an antibody reagent can comprise a monoclonal antibody or a polypeptide comprising an antigen-binding domain of a monoclonal antibody. For example, an antibody can include a heavy (H) chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VH), and a light (L) chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VL). In another example, an antibody includes two heavy (H) chain variable regions and two light (L) chain variable regions. The term “antibody reagent” encompasses antigen-binding fragments of antibodies (e.g., single chain antibodies, Fab and sFab fragments, F(ab′)2, Fd fragments, Fv fragments, scFv, and domain antibodies (dAb) fragments (see, e.g. de Wildt et al., Eur J. Immunol. 1996; 26(3):629-39; which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety)) as well as complete antibodies. An antibody can have the structural features of IgA, IgG, IgE, IgD, IgM (as well as subtypes and combinations thereof). Antibodies can be from any source, including mouse, rabbit, pig, rat, and primate (human and non-human primate) and primatized antibodies. Antibodies also include midibodies, humanized antibodies, chimeric antibodies, and the like.
- The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed “complementarity determining regions” (“CDR”), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed “framework regions” (“FR”). The extent of the framework region and CDRs has been precisely defined (see, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242, and Chothia, C. et al. (1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917; which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties). Each VH and VL is typically composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
- The terms “antigen-binding fragment” or “antigen-binding domain”, which are used interchangeably herein are used to refer to one or more fragments of a full length antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to a target of interest. Examples of binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding fragment” of a full length antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment including two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) an Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) an Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546; which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety), which consists of a VH or VL domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR) that retains specific antigen-binding functionality.
- As used herein, the term “specific binding” refers to a chemical interaction between two molecules, compounds, cells and/or particles wherein the first entity binds to the second, target entity with greater specificity and affinity than it binds to a third entity which is a non-target. In some embodiments, specific binding can refer to an affinity of the first entity for the second target entity which is at least 10 times, at least 50 times, at least 100 times, at least 500 times, at least 1000 times or greater than the affinity for the third nontarget entity. A reagent specific for a given target is one that exhibits specific binding for that target under the conditions of the assay being utilized.
- Additionally, and as described herein, a recombinant humanized antibody can be further optimized to decrease potential immunogenicity, while maintaining functional activity, for therapy in humans. In this regard, functional activity means a polypeptide capable of displaying one or more known functional activities associated with a recombinant antibody or antibody reagent thereof as described herein. Such functional activities include, e.g. the ability to bind to e.g., NLRX1 or MAVS.
- As used herein, “expression level” refers to the number of mRNA molecules and/or polypeptide molecules encoded by a given gene that are present in a cell or sample. Expression levels can be increased or decreased relative to a reference level.
- As used herein, the terms “treat,” “treatment,” “treating,” or “amelioration” refer to therapeutic treatments, wherein the object is to reverse, alleviate, ameliorate, inhibit, slow down or stop the progression or severity of a condition associated with a disease or disorder, e.g. COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette smoke-induced lung damage. The term “treating” includes reducing or alleviating at least one adverse effect or symptom of a condition, disease or disorder associated with a condition. Treatment is generally “effective” if one or more symptoms or clinical markers are reduced. Alternatively, treatment is “effective” if the progression of a disease is reduced or halted. That is, “treatment” includes not just the improvement of symptoms or markers, but also a cessation of, or at least slowing of, progress or worsening of symptoms compared to what would be expected in the absence of treatment. Beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of one or more symptom(s), diminishment of extent of disease, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease, delay or slowing of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state, remission (whether partial or total), and/or decreased mortality, whether detectable or undetectable. The term “treatment” of a disease also includes providing relief from the symptoms or side-effects of the disease (including palliative treatment).
- As used herein, the term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to the active agent in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier e.g. a carrier commonly used in the pharmaceutical industry. The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- As used herein, the term “administering,” refers to the placement of a compound as disclosed herein into a subject by a method or route which results in at least partial delivery of the agent at a desired site. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds disclosed herein can be administered by any appropriate route which results in an effective treatment in the subject.
- The term “statistically significant” or “significantly” refers to statistical significance and generally means a two standard deviation (2SD) or greater difference.
- Other than in the operating examples, or where otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients or reaction conditions used herein should be understood as modified in all instances by the term “about.” The term “about” when used in connection with percentages can mean±1%.
- As used herein the term “comprising” or “comprises” is used in reference to compositions, methods, and respective component(s) thereof, that are essential to the method or composition, yet open to the inclusion of unspecified elements, whether essential or not.
- The term “consisting of” refers to compositions, methods, and respective components thereof as described herein, which are exclusive of any element not recited in that description of the embodiment.
- As used herein the term “consisting essentially of” refers to those elements required for a given embodiment. The term permits the presence of elements that do not materially affect the basic and novel or functional characteristic(s) of that embodiment.
- The singular terms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless context clearly indicates otherwise. Similarly, the word “or” is intended to include “and” unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of this disclosure, suitable methods and materials are described below. The abbreviation, “e.g.” is derived from the Latin exempli gratia, and is used herein to indicate a non-limiting example. Thus, the abbreviation “e.g.” is synonymous with the term “for example.”
- Definitions of common terms in cell biology and molecular biology can be found in “The Merck Manual of Diagnosis and Therapy”, 19th Edition, published by Merck Research Laboratories, 2006 (ISBN 0-911910-19-0); Robert S. Porter et al. (eds.), The Encyclopedia of Molecular Biology, published by Blackwell Science Ltd., 1994 (ISBN 0-632-02182-9); The ELISA guidebook (Methods in molecular biology 149) by Crowther J. R. (2000); Fundamentals of RIA and Other Ligand Assays by Jeffrey Travis, 1979, Scientific Newsletters; Immunology by Werner Luttmann, published by Elsevier, 2006. Definitions of common terms in molecular biology can also be found in Benjamin Lewin, Genes X, published by Jones & Bartlett Publishing, 2009 (ISBN-10: 0763766321); Kendrew et al. (eds.), Molecular Biology and Biotechnology: a Comprehensive Desk Reference, published by VCH Publishers, Inc., 1995 (ISBN 1-56081-569-8) and Current Protocols in Protein Sciences 2009, Wiley Intersciences, Coligan et al., eds.
- Unless otherwise stated, the present invention was performed using standard procedures, as described, for example in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (4 ed.), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., USA (2012); Current Protocols in Protein Science (CPPS) (John E. Coligan, et. al., ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc.), Current Protocols in Cell Biology (CPCB) (Juan S. Bonifacino et. al. ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc.), and Culture of Animal Cells: A Manual of Basic Technique by R. Ian Freshney, Publisher: Wiley-Liss; 5th edition (2005), which are all incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
- Other terms are defined herein within the description of the various aspects of the invention.
- All patents and other publications; including literature references, issued patents, published patent applications, and co-pending patent applications; cited throughout this application are expressly incorporated herein by reference for the purpose of describing and disclosing, for example, the methodologies described in such publications that might be used in connection with the technology described herein. These publications are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing in this regard should be construed as an admission that the inventors are not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention or for any other reason. All statements as to the date or representation as to the contents of these documents is based on the information available to the applicants and does not constitute any admission as to the correctness of the dates or contents of these documents.
- The description of embodiments of the disclosure is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the disclosure to the precise form disclosed. While specific embodiments of, and examples for, the disclosure are described herein for illustrative purposes, various equivalent modifications are possible within the scope of the disclosure, as those skilled in the relevant art will recognize. For example, while method steps or functions are presented in a given order, alternative embodiments may perform functions in a different order, or functions may be performed substantially concurrently. The teachings of the disclosure provided herein can be applied to other procedures or methods as appropriate. The various embodiments described herein can be combined to provide further embodiments. Aspects of the disclosure can be modified, if necessary, to employ the compositions, functions and concepts of the above references and application to provide yet further embodiments of the disclosure. Moreover, due to biological functional equivalency considerations, some changes can be made in protein structure without affecting the biological or chemical action in kind or amount. These and other changes can be made to the disclosure in light of the detailed description. All such modifications are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims.
- Specific elements of any of the foregoing embodiments can be combined or substituted for elements in other embodiments. Furthermore, while advantages associated with certain embodiments of the disclosure have been described in the context of these embodiments, other embodiments may also exhibit such advantages, and not all embodiments need necessarily exhibit such advantages to fall within the scope of the disclosure.
- The technology described herein is further illustrated by the following examples which in no way should be construed as being further limiting.
- Some embodiments of the technology described herein can be defined according to any of the following numbered paragraphs:
-
- 1. A method of treating COPD in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS.
- 2. A method of treating cigarette smoke-induced lung damage in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS.
- 3. The method of
paragraph 2, wherein the cigarette smoke-induced lung damage is selected from the group consisting of:- inflammation; alveolar destruction; protease induction; structural cell apoptosis; and inflammasome activation.
- 4. A method of treating emphysema in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS.
- 5. The method of
paragraph 4, wherein the emphysema is cigarette smoke induced emphysema. - 6. The method of any of paragraphs 1-5, wherein the inhibitor of MAVS is an agonist of NLRX1.
- 7. The method of any of paragraphs 1-5, wherein the inhibitor of MAVS is a modulator of NLRX1-dependent pathways.
- 8. The method of
paragraph 6, wherein the agonist of NLRX1 is a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1 or an NLRX1 polypeptide. - 9. A method of treating COPD in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an agonist of NLRX1.
- 10. A method of treating cigarette smoke-induced lung damage in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an agonist of NLRX1.
- 11. The method of
paragraph 10, wherein the cigarette smoke-induced lung damage is selected from the group consisting of:- inflammation; alveolar destruction; protease induction; structural cell apoptosis; and inflammasome activation.
- 12. A method of treating emphysema in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering an agonist of NLRX1.
- 13. The method of
paragraph 12, wherein the emphysema is cigarette smoke induced emphysema. - 14. The method of any of paragraphs 1-13, wherein the subject is a subject determined to have a decreased level of NLRX1 expression.
- 15. An assay comprising:
- measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject;
- wherein an decrease in the expression level relative to a reference level indicates the subject has a higher risk of having or developing COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage.
- 16. A method of identifying a subject in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage, the method comprising:
- measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; and identifying the subject as being in need of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the expression level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level.
- 17. A method of determining if a subject is at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage, the method comprising:
- measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject; comparing the level of NLRX1 in the sample to a reference level of NLRX1; determining that the subject is at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level; and
- determining that the subject is not at risk for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage when the level of NLRX1 is not decreased relative to a reference level.
- 18. A method of determining the efficacy of a treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage, the method comprising:
- (a) measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject before administration of the treatment;
- (b) measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject after administration of the treatment;
- (c) determining that the treatment is efficacious when the expression level determined in step (b) is not decreased relative to the expression level determined in step (a); and
- (d) determining that the treatment is not efficacious when the expression level determined in step (b) is decreased relative to the expression level determined in step (a).
- 19. A method of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising;
- measuring the level of NLRX1 in a test sample obtained from a subject;
- treating the subject when the level of NLRX1 is decreased relative to a reference level.
- 20. A method of treatment for COPD, emphysema, and/or cigarette-induced lung damage comprising;
- treating a subject determined to have a level of NLRX1 which is decreased relative to a reference level.
- 21. The method of any of paragraphs 19-20, wherein the treatment comprises a treatment selected from the group consisting of:
- administration of a bronchodilator; administration of an inhaled steroid; administration of oxygen therapy; bullectomy; lung volume reduction surgery; smoking cessation; lung transplant; administration of an inhibitor of MAVS; administration of an agonist of NLRX1; administration of a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1; and administration of a NLRX1 polypeptide.
- 22. The assay/method of any of paragraphs 15-21, wherein the level of NLRX1 is determined by measuring the level of a nucleic acid.
- 23. The assay/method of paragraph 22, wherein the level of NLRX1 is determined by measuring the level of NLRX1 RNA transcript.
- 24. The assay/method of any of paragraphs 22-23, wherein the level of the nucleic acid is determined using a method selected from the group consisting of:
- RT-PCR; quantitative RT-PCR; Northern blot; microarray based expression analysis; next-generation sequencing; and RNA in situ hybridization.
- 25. The assay/method of any of paragraphs 15-24, wherein the level of NLRX1 is determined by measuring the level of NLRX1 polypeptide.
- 26. The assay/method of
paragraph 25, wherein the level of the polypeptide is determined using a method selected from the group consisting of:- Western blot; immunoprecipitation; enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA); radioimmunological assay (RIA); sandwich assay; fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH); immunohistological staining; radioimmunometric assay; immunofluoresence assay; mass spectroscopy; FACS; and immunoelectrophoresis assay.
- 27. The assay/method of any of paragraphs 25-26, wherein the polypeptide level is measured using immunochemistry.
- 28. The assay of paragraph 27, wherein the antibody reagent is detectably labeled or generates a detectable signal.
- 29. The assay/method of any of paragraphs 15-28, wherein the expression level of NLRX1 is normalized relative to the expression level of one or more reference genes or reference proteins.
- 30. The assay/method of any of paragraphs 15-29, wherein the reference level of NLRX1 is the expression level of NLRX1 in a prior sample obtained from the subject.
- 31. The assay/method of any of paragraphs 15-30, wherein the subject is a subject with a history of smoking.
- 32. The assay/method of any of paragraphs 15-31, wherein the sample is selected from the group consisting of:
- a lung biopsy; bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL); sputum; induced sputum; blood; plasma; and serum.
- 33. The assay/method of any of paragraphs 15-32, further comprising the step of treating the subject with a treatment selected from the group consisting of:
- administration of a bronchodilator; administration of an inhaled steroid; administration of oxygen therapy; bullectomy; lung volume reduction surgery; smoking cessation; lung transplant; administration of an inhibitor of MAVS; administration of an agonist of NLRX1; administration of a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1; and administration of a NLRX1 polypeptide.
- 34. A kit for performing the method/assay of any of paragraphs 15-33.
- 35. The use of an inhibitor of MAVS for treating COPD, emphysema, or cigarette-induced lung damage in a subject in need thereof, the use comprising administering an inhibitor of MAVS to the subject.
- 36. The use of
paragraph 35, wherein the cigarette smoke-induced lung damage is selected from the group consisting of:- inflammation; alveolar destruction; protease induction; structural cell apoptosis; and inflammasome activation.
- 37. The use of
paragraph 35, wherein the emphysema is cigarette smoke induced emphysema. - 38. The use of any of paragraphs 35-37, wherein the inhibitor of MAVS is an agonist of NLRX1.
- 39. The use of any of paragraphs 35-38, wherein the inhibitor of MAVS is a modulator of NLRX1-dependent pathways.
- 40. The method of paragraph 38, wherein the agonist of NLRX1 is a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1 or an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- 41. The use of an inhibitor of MAVS for treating COPD, emphysema, or cigarette-induced lung damage in a subject in need thereof, the use comprising administering an agonist of NLRX1 to the subject.
- 42. The use of paragraph 41, wherein the cigarette smoke-induced lung damage is selected from the group consisting of:
- inflammation; alveolar destruction; protease induction; structural cell apoptosis; and inflammasome activation.
- 43. The use of paragraph 41, wherein the emphysema is cigarette smoke induced emphysema.
- 44. The method of any of paragraphs 41-43, wherein the agonist of NLRX1 is a nucleic acid encoding NLRX1 or an NLRX1 polypeptide.
- It is demonstrated herein that NLRX1 expression is significantly decreased in three COPD cohorts. This suppression correlated with disease severity and inversely with pulmonary function, quality of life and prognosis. CS inhibited murine NLRX1 and null mutations of NLRX1 augmented CS-induced inflammation, alveolar destruction, protease induction, structural cell apoptosis and inflammasome activation. In contrast, null mutations of MAVS abrogated this CS-induced inflammation and remodeling. Furthermore, restoration of NLRX1 ameliorated CS-induced alveolar destruction significantly. Thus, CS inhibits NLRX1 which facilitates CS-induced and MAVS-dependent inflammatory, remodeling, protease, cell death and inflammasome responses.
- Cigarette smoke (CS) causes a broad spectrum of diseases characterized by inflammation and tissue remodeling including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), cancer and atherosclerosis (1-3). In many of these disorders the inflammation is believed to drive disease pathogenesis. This can be seen in, COPD, the fourth leading cause of death in the world, where pulmonary inflammation is believed to be causally related to the emphysema and other pathologic alterations in the lungs from these patients (3-5).
- CS regulates the inflammasome where it activates
caspase 1 and IL-18(6, 7). IL-18 signaling also plays a key role in the pathogenesis of CS-induced inflammation and emphysema (6). However, the mechanism(s) that controls lung inflammasome activation at baseline and the alterations that CS induces to activate the inflammasome have not been defined. - Mitochondria are cellular powerhouses that generate ATP and participate in other critical responses including calcium homeostasis, cell signaling, apoptosis, and aging (8). Recent studies also demonstrated that mitochondria play a critical role in cellular innate antiviral immunity (reviewed in
references 9, 10). Viral infections are well known to play important roles in the pathogenesis of CS-induced disorders such as COPD (11,12). CS and viruses/viral PAMPs interact to induce exaggerated pulmonary inflammatory and remodeling responses and that MAVS (mitochondrial antiviral signaling molecule) plays a critical role in this interaction (5). MAVS is exquisitely regulated by stimulators such as the RIG-like helicases that induce MAVS self-association and induce inflammation. Importantly, it is now known that MAVS is tonically inhibited in the quiescent non-infected state (reviewed in reference 13). In addition, the mitochondrial protein, nucleotide-binding, leucine-rich repeats (NLR) molecule X1 (NLRX1) has been reported to inhibit virus activation of MAVS (14-16). - It is hypothesized herein that mitochondria play a critical role in the pathogenesis of CS-induced responses in COPD. Specifically it was hypothesized that the tissue effects of CS are mediated by its ability to abrogate the effects of specific MAVS inhibitors and that NLRX1 is a critical target of this CS-induced dysinhibition. To test this hypothesis the expression of NLRX1 was evaluated in three cohorts of patients with COPD and the relationships between NLRX1 suppression and disease severity were characterized. In addition, the effects of CS on the expression of NLRX1 were evaluated and the roles of MAVS and NLRX1 in CS-induced murine pulmonary inflammation and alveolar remodeling responses were defined.
- First, mRNAs were extracted from fresh frozen lung tissues from the 7 controls and 36 patients with COPD in the NIH-sponsored Lung Tissue Research Consortium (LTRC) cohort. The latter contained 6, 10, 10 and 10 specimens from
1, 2, 3 and 4 individuals, respectively. The basic demographic characteristics of these patients are summarized in the Table 1. Interestingly, real-time RT-PCR analysis demonstrated that the levels of mRNA encoding NLRX1 were significantly decreased in patients with advanced stages of COPD (FIG. 1A-1B). In keeping with this observation, western blot evaluations of mitochondria-enriched protein fractions demonstrated that the expression of NLRX1 protein was significantly decreased in patients with advanced stages of COPD (GOLD stage FIG. 1C ). In addition, NLRX1 expression correlated significantly with the patient's forced expiratory volume in one second (FEV1; % predicted), an indicator of airflow limitation and a measure of COPD disease severity (FIG. 1D-1E ). Interestingly, similar correlations were noted between NLRX1 suppression and pre- and post-bronchodilator FEV1 suggesting that these relationships are not related to reversible airways obstruction (FIG. 1D-1E ). In addition, similar suppression of NLRX1 was seen in a cohort of patients from the University of Pittsburgh which was most impressive in patients with severe emphysema (FIG. 1F ). Because the LTRC and Pittsburgh cohorts did not contain large numbers of patients with mild-moderate disease a third cohort of Korean patients with mild-moderate disease (Asan cohort) was also studied (Table 1C). The studies of this Asan cohort demonstrated that, the expression of NLRX1 was also significantly decreased in patients with 1 and 2 COPD where it correlated significantly with the patient's FEV1 (%, predicted) (GOLD Stage FIGS. 1G, 1H, 4A, 4B and 5 ). Almost all human samples were from former or current smokers in the three human cohorts (Table 1), preventing the evaluation of smoking effects on NLRX1 expression in these cohorts. There was no statistical difference of NLRX1 expression between former smokers vs. current smokers in all three human cohorts (FIG. 6 and data not shown). Finally, in all cases, these alterations were at least partially NLRX1-specific because the expression of related genes including RIG-I, MDA-5, MAVS, NLRP3 and caspases-1, -4 and -5 were not similarly altered (FIGS. 7A-7B and data not shown). These studies demonstrate that the levels of NLRX1 are selectively decreased in patients with COPD where this suppression correlates with clinical stage and parameters of disease severity. - To further understand the clinical implications of these findings, the relationships between NLRX1 gene expression and clinical parameters of COPD were evaluated. These studies demonstrated that, in the LTRC cohort, the levels of NLRX1 gene expression also correlated with other measures of pulmonary function including diffusing capacity (DLCO) and 6 minute-walking distance (
FIGS. 8A-8C and data not shown). Importantly, the levels of NLRX1 mRNA also correlated inversely with the BODE index and scores on the St. George's Respiratory Questionnaire (SGRQ) (FIG. 8B and data not shown) which are predictors of disease mortality and quality of life respectively. The relationships between NLRX1 and dyspnea were also assessed using the BORG scale at rest and at the termination of exercise. Although the levels of NLRX1 did not correlate with the BORG scale at rest (data not shown) they did correlate with the BORG scale at exercise termination (FIG. 8C ). Importantly, CXCL13, which is produced by lymphoid follicles in COPD (17) and inhibited via an NLRX1-dependent mechanism (see below) was significantly enhanced in patients with advanced stages of COPD where it correlated inversely with the expression of NLRX1 and also correlated with the patient's FEV1 (%, predicted) and other clinical variables including DLCO, the BODE index and SGRQ scores. (FIGS. 9 and 10A-10B and data not shown). These studies reinforce the relationships between the suppression of NLRX1 regulated pathways and abnormal pulmonary function and highlight the relationships between NLRX1 suppression and mortality, poor quality of life and exercise-induced dyspnea. - To define the role(s) of NLRX1 in CS-induced responses, the effects of CS on NLRX1 expression in WT mice were characterized and the CS-induced tissue responses in WT and NLRX1 null mutant (−/−) animals were defined using previously described methodology (5, 6). NLRX1 mRNA and protein were readily appreciated in lungs and enriched mitochondria from WT mice (
FIG. 2A-2B ). Importantly the levels of pulmonary NLRX1 mRNA and NLRX1 protein were significantly decreased after CS exposure (FIG. 2A-2B ). - Immunohistochemical staining of NLRX1 protein revealed that NLRX1 expression was prominent in alveolar macrophages both in mice and humans (data not shown). Western blot analysis of NLRX1 protein in BAL cells from 3 month-CS-exposed lungs where alveolar macrophages consist of more than 95% of total BAL cells further confirmed that NLRX1 protein was significantly suppressed after CS exposure (
FIGS. 2C and 11A ). The expression of MAVS protein, however, was not significantly altered in BAL cells after CS exposure (FIGS. 2C and 11B ). This suppression of NLRX1 was, at least partially, reversible because, NLRX1 gene expression returned tonormal levels 3 months after the cessation of CS exposure (FIG. 12 ). In keeping with reported experiments using WT mice, modest BAL and alveolar inflammation and modest alveolar destruction could be appreciated after 3 and 6 months of CS-exposure respectively (6, 18). Importantly, these inflammatory and remodeling responses were markedly enhanced in lungs from CS-exposed NLRX1−/− mice which manifest enhanced BAL total cell, macrophage and neutrophil recovery (FIG. 2D and data not shown) and exaggerated emphysema that could be seen with histologic and morphometric assessments after only 3 months of CS exposure (FIGS. 2E and 2F and data not shown). - To further define the mechanisms by which NLRX1 suppression mediates CS-induced pulmonary inflammation and alveolar remodeling responses, the molecules/pathways that are believed to play important roles in the COPD pathogenesis were evaluated. In accord with the importance of protease anti-protease balance, cell death, viral infection and inflammasome activation in COPD pathogenesis (reviewed in references (3, 19-21)), CS induction of MMP-12 (
FIG. 2G ), cathepsins K and S (data not shown),type 1 IFNs (FIG. 2H ), epithelial DNA injury and cell death (FIG. 2I ) andcaspase 1, IL-1β and IL-18 activation (FIG. 2J-2L ) were enhanced in NLRX1 null mice compared to those from WT mice. Interestingly, CS exposure caused a modest increase in CXCL13 in the lungs of WT mice and this gene expression was synergistically upregulated in the lungs of NLRX1 deficient mice after 3 months of CS exposure (FIG. 13 ). Finally, studies were undertaken to determine if the NLRX1 supplementation could abrogate the phenotype in the CS exposed mice in vivo. In these experiments, a lentiviral gene delivery system was used to expose mice that had been given NLRX1 or controls to CS for 6 months. These experiments demonstrated that CS-induced emphysematous alveolar destruction was markedly decreased in lungs from NLRX1-overexpressed mice compared to those of controls (FIGS. 2M and 14 ). Taken together, these results indicate that NLRX1 is a critical inhibitor of CS-induced pulmonary inflammation and tissue remodeling responses, whose inhibitory functions are decreased in pulmonary tissues by chronic CS exposure. - The studies noted above demonstrate that CS exposure decreases NLRX1 expression and NLRX1 has been reported to be an inhibitor of MAVS (14, 15). Thus studies were next undertaken to determine if mitochondria, in particular MAVS, plays an important effector role in CS-induced inflammation and remodeling. First, this was done by comparing the CS-induced responses in WT and MAVS−/− mice. These studies demonstrated that inflammation and alveolar destruction were significantly decreased in lungs from CS-exposed MAVS−/− mice compared to WT controls (
FIG. 3A-3C ). CS-induced protease responses, activation ofcaspase 1, IL-1β and IL-18, TUNEL staining andtype 1 IFN production were also significantly diminished in the absence of MAVS (FIG. 3D-3G and data not shown). In contrast, CS-induced suppression of NLRX1 was not altered in lungs from MAVS−/− mice exposed to CS for up to 6 months (FIG. 3H ). Next, to determine if MAVS played a critical roles in the enhancement CS-induced inflammation and alveolar destruction observed in NLRX1−/− mice, NLRX1 and MAVS double mutant (NLRX1−/−/MAVS−/−) mice and appropriate controls were exposed to CS for 3 months. These studies demonstrated that the enhanced emphysema, cell death, IL-18 production and CXCL13 production in NLRX1 single null mice exposed to CS was markedly decreased in similarly exposed double mutant mice (FIGS. 3I-3K, 15, and 16 ). Overall, these studies demonstrate that MAVS plays a critical role in the exaggerated inflammatory, remodeling, proteolytic, cell death and cytokine responses that are induced by CS in states of NLRX1 deficiency. - COPD is a major cause of morbidity and mortality and a major unmet medical need in the USA and the world (4). In keeping with its importance, studies of COPD and models of this disorder have highlighted the importance of antiviral innate immunity, protease excess, epithelial cell death, and inflammasome activation in disease pathogenesis (5, 6, 11, 19-23). The work described herein adds to and integrates these findings by demonstrating that mitochondria play an important role in the regulation of and the effector phase of CS-induced responses. Specifically they demonstrate that NLRX1 is an important inhibitor at baseline and that CS-stimulates inflammation and remodeling by suppressing NLRX1 which allows these MAVS-dependent responses to be seen. The inhibition of NLRX1 augmented antiviral innate immune responses, protease expression, cell death, and inflammasome activation thereby mechanistically integrating the present and prior observations. The disease relevance of these studies was also confirmed in studies that demonstrated that the expression of NLRX1 is decreased in lungs from patients with COPD where this suppression correlates with disease severity, abnormal pulmonary function, decreased quality of life and poor prognosis.
- CS is an important stimulator of inflammation and remodeling in a variety of diseases and disorders (3, 24-26). It also exaggerates antiviral responses in patients with COPD and otherwise healthy smokers (11, 27, 28). The ability of CS and virus/viral PAMPs to synergize in the generation of inflammation and tissue remodeling is mediated by a MAVS-dependent mechanism (5). The present studies add to these observations by demonstrating that MAVS also plays a crucial role in the inflammation and remodeling induced by CS alone. Importantly they also revise our understanding of the mechanism that CS uses to engender tissue alterations. Specifically, they demonstrate that optimal CS-induced responses are only seen when CS abrogates the inhibitory effects of NLRX1.
- NLRX1 is a member of the Nod-like receptor family of intracellular sensors of microbial-and danger-associated molecular patterns (15, 29). In early studies it was identified to be a negative regulator of MAVS, a key adapter molecule of M-RLH antiviral signaling (15). It is now known to be a negative modulator of LPS-induced TRAF6-NK-κB signaling and has been shown to regulate autophagy (14, 16, 30), bind to UQCRC2 in mitochondrial respiratory chain complex III and regulate mitochondrial production of reactive oxidant species (ROS)(31). This effector repertoire might have significant implications for the methods described herein because defects in autophagy/mitophagy lead to the accumulation of damaged, ROS producing, mitochondria which induce inflammasome activation (32). In accord with this concept, a recent publication demonstrated that MAVS also plays a role as a critical adaptor molecule in inflammasome activation (33). It is contemplated herein that NLRX1-inhibition of-MAVS-dependent inflammasome activation plays an important role in the pathogenesis of COPD.
- It is demonstrated herein that NLRX1 is suppressed in patients with COPD where the degree of suppression correlates with disease severity. It is also demonstrated that the effects of CS are mediated by an NLRX1-inhibited and MAVS-dependent pathway and that interventions that abrogate the CS-induced decrease in NLRX1 also abrogate CS-induced emphysema. These studies demonstrate that the suppression of NLRX1 is a critical event in CS-induced responses. It is also contemplated herein that the degree of NLRX1 suppression can be an important index of COPD severity and that polymorphisms or other alterations that decrease NLRX1 function can contribute to disease susceptibility. Importantly, the demonstration that NLRX1 supplementation abrogates CS-induced alveolar destruction also indicates that interventions that prevent the inhibition of NLRX1, augment the effects of NLRX1, abrogate MAVS function or restore NLRX1 suppression can be therapeutically useful in this disorder.
- Clinical Data.
- Three cohorts were used in these studies. In the Yale cohort, fresh frozen lung tissues from 7 controls and 36 patients with COPD were obtained from the Lung Tissue Research Consortium (LTRC), a nationwide resource program from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (NHLBI) that provides human lung tissues with highly qualified and extensive phenotype data. This study was approved by the Yale University Human Investigation Committee and LTRC (#11-99-0005). For the Pittsburgh cohort, lung tissues were obtained as previously described (34).
- Mouse Models.
- All in vivo experiments in animals were approved by the Yale Animal Care and Use Committee (YACUC). The generation and basic characterization of MAVS null mutant and NLRX1 null mutant mice have been described previously (14, 35). The CS-induced murine emphysema model that was employed has been described previously (6, 18).
- Laboratory Assessments.
- Separation of the cytosol- and mitochondria-enriched fractions was undertaken using Qproteome mitochondrial isolation kit (Qiagen) as per the manufacturer's instructions. For the evaluation of lung morphometry, the left lung was inflated with 0.5% low temperature-melting agarose in 10% buffered formalin fixative at a constant pressure of 25 cm as described previously (5, 6). Alveolar size was estimated by the measurement of mean chord length of the air space as described previously (5, 6).
- Statistical Analysis.
- Comparisons of the levels of NLRX1 in patients with different stages of COPD were undertaken with Student's t-test, nonparametric Kruskal-Wallis and Mann-Whitney U tests as appropriate. To evaluate the associations between the levels of NLRX1 expression and clinical variables, nonparametric Pearson correlation analysis was undertaken. For the analyses of the murine data, groups were compared with Student's t test or with nonparametric Mann-Whitney U test as appropriate. Statistical significance was defined at a level of p≦0.05. All analyses were completed with SPSS™ software, version 19.0.
-
- 1. Adair-Kirk, T. L., Atkinson, J. J., and Senior, R. M. 2008. Smoke particulates stress lung cells. Nat Med 14:1024-1025.
- 2. Yanbaeva, D. G., Dentener, M. A., Creutzberg, E. C., Wesseling, G., and Wouters, E. F. 2007. Systemic effects of smoking. Chest 131:1557-1566.
- 3. Bhalla, D. K., Hirata, F., Rishi, A. K., and Gairola, C. G. 2009. Cigarette smoke, inflammation, and lung injury: a mechanistic perspective. J Toxicol Environ Health B Crit Rev 12:45-64.
- 4. Rabe, K. F., Hurd, S., Anzueto, A., Barnes, P. J., Buist, S. A., Calverley, P., Fukuchi, Y., Jenkins, C., Rodriguez-Roisin, R., van Weel, C., et al. 2007. Global strategy for the diagnosis, management, and prevention of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: GOLD executive summary. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 176:532-555.
- 5. Kang, M. J., Lee, C. G., Lee, J. Y., Dela Cruz, C. S., Chen, Z. J., Enelow, R., and Elias, J. A. 2008. Cigarette smoke selectively enhances viral PAMP- and virus-induced pulmonary innate immune and remodeling responses in mice. J Clin Invest 118:2771-2784.
- 6. Kang, M. J., Homer, R. J., Gallo, A., Lee, C. G., Crothers, K. A., Cho, S. J., Rochester, C., Cain, H., Chupp, G., Yoon, H. J., et al. 2007. IL-18 is induced and IL-18 receptor alpha plays a critical role in the pathogenesis of cigarette smoke-induced pulmonary emphysema and inflammation. J Immunol 178:1948-1959.
- 7. Eltom, S., Stevenson, C. S., Rastrick, J., Dale, N., Raemdonck, K., Wong, S., Catley, M. C., Belvisi, M. G., and Birrell, M. A. 2011. P2X7 receptor and
caspase 1 activation are central to airway inflammation observed after exposure to tobacco smoke. PLoS One 6: e24097. - 8. Nunnari, J., and Suomalainen, A. 2012. Mitochondria: in sickness and in health. Cell 148:1145-1159.
- 9. West, A. P., Shadel, G. S., and Ghosh, S. 2011. Mitochondria in innate immune responses. Nat Rev Immunol 11:389-402.
- 10. Arnoult, D., Soares, F., Tattoli, I., and Girardin, S. E. 2011. Mitochondria in innate immunity. EMBO Rep 12:901-910.
- 11. Wedzicha, J. A. 2004. Role of viruses in exacerbations of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Proc Am Thorac Soc 1:115-120.
- 12. Seemungal, T., Harper-Owen, R., Bhowmik, A., Moric, I., Sanderson, G., Message, S., Maccallum, P., Meade, T. W., Jeffries, D. J., Johnston, S. L., et al. 2001. Respiratory viruses, symptoms, and inflammatory markers in acute exacerbations and stable chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 164:1618-1623.
- 13. Belgnaoui, S. M., Paz, S., and Hiscott, J. 2011. Orchestrating the interferon antiviral response through the mitochondrial antiviral signaling (MAVS) adapter. Curr Opin Immunol 23:564-572.
- 14. Allen, I. C., Moore, C. B., Schneider, M., Lei, Y., Davis, B. K., Scull, M. A., Gris, D., Roney, K. E., Zimmermann, A. G., Bowzard, J. B., et al. 2011. NLRX1 protein attenuates inflammatory responses to infection by interfering with the RIG-I-MAVS and TRAF6-NF-kappaB signaling pathways. Immunity 34:854-865.
- 15. Moore, C. B., Bergstralh, D. T., Duncan, J. A., Lei, Y., Morrison, T. E., Zimmermann, A. G., Accavitti-Loper, M. A., Madden, V. J., Sun, L., Ye, Z., et al. 2008. NLRX1 is a regulator of mitochondrial antiviral immunity. Nature 451:573-577.
- 16. Lei, Y., Wen, H., Yu, Y., Taxman, D. J., Zhang, L., Widman, D. G., Swanson, K. V., Wen, K. W., Damania, B., Moore, C. B., et al. 2012. The mitochondrial proteins NLRX1 and TUFM form a complex that regulates type I interferon and autophagy. Immunity 36:933-946.
- 17. Litsiou, E., Semitekolou, M., Galani, I. E., Morianos, I., Tsoutsa, A., Kara, P., Rontogianni, D., Bellenis, I., Konstantinou, M., Potaris, K., et al. 2013. CXCL13 Production in B cells via TLR/Lymphotoxin Receptor Signaling are Involved in Lymphoid Neogenesis in COPD. Am J Respir Crit Care Med.
- 18. Hautamaki, R. D., Kobayashi, D. K., Senior, R. M., and Shapiro, S. D. 1997. Requirement for macrophage elastase for cigarette smoke-induced emphysema in mice. Science 277:2002-2004.
- 19. MacNee, W., and Tuder, R. M. 2009. New paradigms in the pathogenesis of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease I. Proc Am Thorac Soc 6:527-531.
- 20. Decramer, M., Janssens, W., and Miravitlles, M. 2012. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Lancet 379:1341-1351.
- 21. Cosio, M. G., Saetta, M., and Agusti, A. 2009. Immunologic aspects of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. N Engl J Med 360:2445-2454.
- 22. Taraseviciene-Stewart, L., and Voelkel, N. F. 2008. Molecular pathogenesis of emphysema. J Clin Invest 118:394-402.
- 23. Tuder, R. M., and Petrache, I. 2012. Pathogenesis of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. J Clin Invest 122:2749-2755.
- 24. Celli, B. R. 2012. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and lung cancer: common pathogenesis, shared clinical challenges. Proc Am Thorac Soc 9:74-79.
- 25. Babizhayev, M. A., and Yegorov, Y. E. 2011. Smoking and health: association between telomere length and factors impacting on human disease, quality of life and life span in a large population-based cohort under the effect of smoking duration. Fundam Clin Pharmacol 25:425-442.
- 26. Arnson, Y., Shoenfeld, Y., and Amital, H. 2010. Effects of tobacco smoke on immunity, inflammation and autoimmunity. J Autoimmun 34:J258-265.
- 27. Kark, J. D., Lebiush, M., and Rannon, L. 1982. Cigarette smoking as a risk factor for epidemic a(h1n1) influenza in young men. N Engl J Med 307:1042-1046.
- 28. Kark, J. D., and Lebiush, M. 1981. Smoking and epidemic influenza-like illness in female military recruits: a brief survey. Am J Public Health 71:530-532.
- 29. Davis, B. K., Wen, H., and Ting, J. P. 2011. The inflammasome NLRs in immunity, inflammation, and associated diseases. Annu Rev Immunol 29:707-735.
- 30. Xia, X., Cui, J., Wang, H. Y., Zhu, L., Matsueda, S., Wang, Q., Yang, X., Hong, J., Songyang, Z., Chen, Z. J., et al. 2011. NLRX1 negatively regulates TLR-induced NF-kappaB signaling by targeting TRAF6 and IKK. Immunity 34:843-853.
- 31. Arnoult, D., Soares, F., Tattoli, I., Castanier, C., Philpott, D. J., and Girardin, S. E. 2009. An N-terminal addressing sequence targets NLRX1 to the mitochondrial matrix. J Cell Sci 122:3161-3168.
- 32. Zhou, R., Yazdi, A. S., Menu, P., and Tschopp, J. 2011. A role for mitochondria in NLRP3 inflammasome activation. Nature 469:221-225.
- 33. Subramanian, N., Nataraj an, K., Clatworthy, M. R., Wang, Z., and Germain, R. N. 2013. The adaptor MAVS promotes NLRP3 mitochondrial localization and inflammasome activation. Cell 153:348-361.
- 34. Shi, Y., Cao, J., Gao, J., Zheng, L., Goodwin, A., An, C. H., Patel, A., Lee, J. S., Duncan, S. R., Kaminski, N., et al. 2012. Retinoic acid-related orphan receptor-alpha is induced in the setting of DNA damage and promotes pulmonary emphysema. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 186:412-419.
- 35. Sun, Q., Sun, L., Liu, H. H., Chen, X., Seth, R. B., Forman, J., and Chen, Z. J. 2006. The specific and essential role of MAVS in antiviral innate immune responses. Immunity 24:633-642.
-
TABLE 1 Clinical Characteristics of the Study Populations. (a) LTRC Cohort COPD# Characteristic§ Control GOLD 1 GOLD 2GOLD 3GOLD 4Number 7 6 10 10 10 age (yr) 57.7 ± 10.7 73.7 ± 6.9 66.3 ± 9.7 64.2 ± 6.9 54.0 ± 7.2 Gender (Male:Female) (2:5) (5:1) (10:0) (7:3) (6:4) Smokers (Non-smokers) 3 (4) 6 10 10 10 Smoking history - pack-yr 15.4 ± 19.5 36.5 ± 10.8 54.1 ± 24.6 62.0 ± 25.7 51.8 ± 38.2 FEV1 (%), Pre-BD 93.0 ± 12.1 82.7 ± 10.3 61.6 ± 6.9 32.2 ± 4.2 21.5 ± 7.7 FEV1 (%), Post BD 98.2 ± 12.4 89.2 ± 6.9 67.7 ± 5.6 34.2 ± 3.3 19.8 ± 2.8 DLCO 96.4 ± 26.6 80.4 ± 16.9 51.75 ± 24.6 31.3 ± 6.3 39.2 ± 16.6 6 minute Walking-Distance 413.5 ± 43.8 321. ±, 35.6 318.5 ± 168.9 237.2 ± 88.9 270.5 ± 69.6 BODE Index 0.1 ± 0.4 1.1 ± 1.1 2.9 ± 2.6 6.8 ± 1.6 6.8 ± 1.1 SGRQ Score 5.3 ± 9.8 18.1 ± 20.6 36.9 ± 27.7 67.0 ± 10.9 59.2 ± 15.1 BORG Scale at Termination 0.8 ± 0.3 1.0 ± 1.4 3.3 ± 1.4 4.3 ± 1.9 4.9 ± 2.6 NLRX1 mRNA (standardized) 1.22 ± 0.73 1.35 ± 0.39 1.22 ± 0.63 0.78 ± 0.29 0.73 ± 0.28 (b) Pittsburgh Cohort Control <1% emphysema 1-10% emphysema >40% emphysema Characteristic (n = 63) (n = 20) (n = 51) (n = 26) Age 65.8 ± 10.3 67.9 ± 8.4 68.4 ± 8.4 56.2 ± 7.2 Female Gender 27 (43%) 8 (40%) 17 (33%) 16 (62%) Race 2 African-American 1 African-American 58 Caucasian 20 Caucasian 50 Caucasian 26 Caucasian 3 Other Pack-Years 26.3 ± 34.3 56.1 ± 31.2 65.1 ± 40.0 50.8 ± 25.6 FEV1 (% predicted) 97.4 ± 9.2 63.5 ± 12.0 60.3 ± 13.9 24.2 ± 8.2 FVC (% predicted) 93.3 ± 11.8 74.9 ± 12.7 83.4 ± 15.7 56.0 ± 18.7 DLCO (% predicted) 81.9 ± 16.3 70.4 ± 21.8 62.4 ± 16.1 31.5 ± 8.5 HU < −950 (%) 0.7 ± 1.1 0.4 ± 0.3 4.2 ± 2.5 48.7 ± 6.9 (c) Asan Cohort Characteristic Control GOLD 1 GOLD 2 GOLD 3 Number (M:F) 94 (94:0) 45 (45:0) 53 (53:0) 1 (1:0) age (mean, STD) 60.6 ± 9.4 68.3 ± 6.1 66.9 ± 6.5 61 Smoker (NS:CS) (94:0) (45:0) (53:0) (1:0) PKYrs (mean, STD) 34.8 ± 17.1 49.5 ± 19.4 46.3 ± 24.1 40 FEV1 (%), Pre-BD (mean, STD) 91.0 ± 12.4 83.7 ± 8.3 63.5 ± 7.6 28 FEV1 (%), Post BP (mean, STD) 94.3 ± 12.8 89.2 ± 6.8 68.4 ± 6.7 34 DLCO (mean, STD) 92.9 ± 12.9 78.3 ± 13.9 76.1 ± 14.6 86 NLRX1 transcriptome (mean, STD) 2.22 ± 1.49 1.69 ± 1.34 1.39 ± 0.87 1.06 Values are presented as means ± standard deviation (STD) in LTRC Yale Cohort (a), Pittsburgh Cohort (b) and Korean Asan cohort, respectively. #The Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD) stage range from stage 1 (GOLD 1) COPD, indicating mild disease, to stage IV (GOLD 4) COPD, indicating very severe disease. §FEV1(%), pre-BD denotes prebronchodilator FEV1 (% of predicted value). FEV1(%), post-BD denotes postbronchodilator FEV1 (% of predicted value). DLCO denotes diffusing capacity. The BODE index stands for body mass index (BMI), obstruction, dyspnea and exercise capacity. The SGRQ score denotes Saint George Respiratory Questionnaires score. The BORG scale at termination is the extent of perceived patient exertion that can be estimated by the Borg scale at the termination of exercise. - Supplemental Methods
- Study Populations. Three cohorts were used in these studies. In the Yale cohort, fresh frozen lung tissues from 7 controls and 36 patients with COPD were obtained from the Lung Tissue Research Consortium (LTRC)(1), as described in the main text. For the Pittsburgh cohort, lung tissues were obtained as previously described (2). Briefly, controls (n=63) were defined as the subjects who have no evidence of chronic lung disease as well as normal pulmonary function tests including lung volumes. The subjects with COPD had varying levels of emphysema which were measured by quantitative CT using HU<-950 as a cutoff. The subjects with COPD were further stratified by the amount of quantitative emphysema with the three categories including <1%, which denotes less than 1% emphysema (n=22); 1-10%, which denotes a low level of emphysema between 1 and 10 percent (n=45); and the most severe cases, with more than 40% emphysema (n=27). The characteristics of these patients can be seen in Table 1b. For the Asan cohort, subjects were patients who required resection for lung cancer and who were registered in the Asan Biobank. Inclusion criteria were a FEV1/FVC ratio of less than 0.7 for the COPD group, and normal spirometry for the control group. This study was approved by the institutional review board of Asan Medical Center (#2011-0711) and written informed consent was obtained from all patients.
- RNA preparation and sequencing for human studies. For the Yale cohort, the mRNAs were extracted from fresh frozen lung tissues from the 7 controls and 36 patients with COPD in the NIH-sponsored Lung Tissue Research Consortium (LTRC) cohort. cDNA synthesis and real-time reverse-transcriptase-polymerase-chain-reaction (RT-PCR) assays were performed with whole RNA extracted from fresh frozen human lung tissues using Bio-Rad kits as per the manufacturer's instructions. The human NLRX1 primers from Primerbank (3) were utilized for the evaluation of the Yale cohort. For the Asan cohort, total RNA was isolated from apparently normal fresh frozen lung tissue that was remote from the lung cancer. RNA integrity was assessed using an Agilent Bioanalyzer™ and RNA purity was assessed using a NanoDrop™ spectrophotometer. One μg of total RNA was used to generate cDNA libraries using the TruSeq™ RNA library kit. The protocol consisted of poly A-selected RNA extraction, RNA fragmentation, reverse transcription using random hexamer primers, and 100 bp paired-end sequencing using the Illumina HiSeq™ 2000 system. The libraries were quantified using quantitative PCR according to the quantitative PCR Quantification Protocol Guide and qualified using an Agilen Technologies 2100 Bioanalyzer™. For quality control, read quality was verified using FastQC™ and read alignment was verified using Picard™. Differential gene expression (DEG) analysis was performed using TopHat™ and Cufflinks™ software (4). To estimate expression levels, the RNA-seq reads were mapped to the human genome using TopHat™ (version 1.4.1)(5), and quantified using Cufflinks™ software (2.0.0)(6). Cufflinks™ software was run with the UCSC hg19 human genome and transcriptome references. The numbers of isoform and gene transcripts were calculated and the relative abundance of transcripts was measured in fragments per kilobase of exon per million fragments mapped (FPKM) using Cufflinks software. Expression levels were extracted as a FPKM value for each gene of each sample using Cufflinks™ software. Genes with FPKM values of 0 across all samples were excluded. Filtered data were subject to upper quantile normalization. Statistical significance was determined using Student's t-test. The false discovery rate (FDR) was controlled by adjusting p values using the Benjamini-Hochberg algorithm.
- Laboratory Assessments. Separation of the cytosol- and mitochondria-enriched fractions was undertaken using Qproteome™ mitochondrial isolation kit (Qiagen) as per the manufacturer's instructions. Immunoblot analyses were undertaken using antibodies for NLRX1 (Proteintech), caspase-1 (Cell Signaling), IL-1β (Santa Cruz), IL-18 (Santa Cruz) and β-actin (Cell Signaling). Immunohistochemistry for NLRX1 was undertaken to localize the expression of NLRX1. For the evaluation of lung morphometry, subgroups of 5-7 mice were used for the evaluation of mean chord length and the surface area of the lungs following stereological analysis of the lungs according to the ATS/ERS guidelines (7, 8). Briefly, the left lung was inflated with 0.5% low temperature-melting agarose in 10% buffered formalin fixative at a constant pressure of 25 cm as described previously (9, 10). After the fixation, lung volume (VL) of the left lung was determined by the water immersion method. The images were taken equally spaced and systematically placed meander-like over the whole surface of the lung sections. Pictures were quantitatively analyzed by using a test system of points and lines superimposed over the digital images via the STEPanizer™ program (11). The intersecting points falling on alveolar space (Pa), alveolar ducts (Pd), and points falling on septum (Ps) were counted separately among total points (Ptotal). Point counts yielded relative volume densities and alveolar surface area (S) was calculated by the following formula; (1) Airspace fraction (FA)=(Pa+Pd+Ps)/Ptotal; (2) Airspace volume (VA)=FA×VL; (3) S=4VA/Lm (mean linear intercept). In addition, mean chord length of the air space was evaluated as described previously by our laboratory (9, 10). Lung tissue lysates were prepared and the levels of tissue CXCL13, IL-1β and IL-18 (R&D Systems) were determined using commercial ELISA kits as per the manufacturer's instructions. For the evaluation of apoptotic cell death/DNA injury, end labeling of exposed 3′-OH ends of DNA fragments in paraffin embedded tissue was undertaken with the TUNEL in situ cell death detection kit AP (Roche Diagnostics) using the instructions provided by the manufacturer. To overexpress NLRX1 gene in vivo, the gene was integrated into lentiviral vector. The lentiviral vector backbones used in this study were purchased from System Biosciences Inc. (SBI, CA, USA, Catalog #CD511B-1). The NLRX1 cDNA clone was purchased from Origene (Origene, Md., USA, Catalog #MC204753). pPACKH1-XL HIV Lentivector Packaging Kit (SBI, CA, USA, Catalog #LV510A-1) and virus precipitation solution (SBI, CA, USA, Catalog #LV810A-1) were used to package the lentiviral vectors, according to the manufacturer's instructions. The lentiviral titer kit (SBI, CA, USA, Catalog #LV961A-1) was used to determine the amount of viral vectors according to the manufacturer's instructions. Intranasal administration of either the lenti-NLRX1, or lenti-control vectors was performed on 6-wk-old C57BL/6J male mice. The amount of 1×108 TU of lenti-NLRX1 or lenti-control vectors per mouse was administered. CS exposure experiment was started from 2 weeks after intranasal treatment.
-
- 1. LTRC. Lung Tissue Research Consortium. available at nhlbi.nih.gov/resources/ltrc.htm.
- 2. Shi, Y., Cao, J., Gao, J., Zheng, L., Goodwin, A., An, C. H., Patel, A., Lee, J. S., Duncan, S. R., Kaminski, N., et al. 2012. Retinoic acid-related orphan receptor-alpha is induced in the setting of DNA damage and promotes pulmonary emphysema. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 186:412-419.
- 3. PrimerBank. available at pga.mgh.harvard.edu/primerbank/.
- 4. Trapnell, C., Roberts, A., Goff, L., Pertea, G., Kim, D., Kelley, D. R., Pimentel, H., Salzberg, S. L., Rinn, J. L., and Pachter, L. 2012. Differential gene and transcript expression analysis of RNA-seq experiments with TopHat and Cufflinks. Nat Protoc 7:562-578.
- 5. Trapnell, C., Pachter, L., and Salzberg, S. L. 2009. TopHat: discovering splice junctions with RNA-Seq. Bioinformatics 25:1105-1111.
- 6. Trapnell, C., Williams, B. A., Pertea, G., Mortazavi, A., Kwan, G., van Baren, M. J., Salzberg, S. L., Wold, B. J., and Pachter, L. 2010. Transcript assembly and quantification by RNA-Seq reveals unannotated transcripts and isoform switching during cell differentiation. Nat Biotechnol 28:511-515.
- Hsia, C. C., Hyde, D. M., Ochs, M., and Weibel, E. R. 2010. An official research policy statement of the American Thoracic Society/European Respiratory Society: standards for quantitative assessment of lung structure. Am J Respir Crit Care Med 181:394-418.
- 8. Muhlfeld, C., and Ochs, M. 2013. Quantitative microscopy of the lung: a problem-based approach. Part 2: stereological parameters and study designs in various diseases of the respiratory tract. Am J Physiol Lung Cell Mol Physiol 305:L205-221.
- 9. Kang, M. J., Lee, C. G., Lee, J. Y., Dela Cruz, C. S., Chen, Z. J., Enelow, R., and Elias, J. A. 2008. Cigarette smoke selectively enhances viral PAMP- and virus-induced pulmonary innate immune and remodeling responses in mice. J Clin Invest 118:2771-2784.
- 10. Kang, M. J., Homer, R. J., Gallo, A., Lee, C. G., Crothers, K. A., Cho, S. J., Rochester, C., Cain, H., Chupp, G., Yoon, H. J., et al. 2007. IL-18 is induced and IL-18 receptor alpha plays a critical role in the pathogenesis of cigarette smoke-induced pulmonary emphysema and inflammation. J Immunol 178:1948-1959.
- 11. Tschanz, S. A., Burri, P. H., and Weibel, E. R. 2011. A simple tool for stereological assessment of digital images: the STEPanizer. J Microsc 243:47-59.
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US15/065,230 US20160263183A1 (en) | 2015-03-10 | 2016-03-09 | Methods for treating lung disease |
| US16/059,445 US11478530B2 (en) | 2015-03-10 | 2018-08-09 | Methods for decreasing chord length |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201562130811P | 2015-03-10 | 2015-03-10 | |
| US15/065,230 US20160263183A1 (en) | 2015-03-10 | 2016-03-09 | Methods for treating lung disease |
Related Child Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US16/059,445 Continuation US11478530B2 (en) | 2015-03-10 | 2018-08-09 | Methods for decreasing chord length |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20160263183A1 true US20160263183A1 (en) | 2016-09-15 |
Family
ID=56887245
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US15/065,230 Abandoned US20160263183A1 (en) | 2015-03-10 | 2016-03-09 | Methods for treating lung disease |
| US16/059,445 Active 2038-08-06 US11478530B2 (en) | 2015-03-10 | 2018-08-09 | Methods for decreasing chord length |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US16/059,445 Active 2038-08-06 US11478530B2 (en) | 2015-03-10 | 2018-08-09 | Methods for decreasing chord length |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US20160263183A1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN112384501A (en) * | 2018-07-05 | 2021-02-19 | 朗多生物制药股份有限公司 | 1,3, 5-tris (6-methylpyridin-2-yloxy) benzene derivatives and related compounds as NLRX1ligands for the treatment of inflammatory diseases |
| US10961306B2 (en) | 2016-12-29 | 2021-03-30 | University Of Miami | Methods for treating lung inflammation with an anti-ASC antibody |
| US11566055B2 (en) * | 2020-07-09 | 2023-01-31 | Iucf-Hyu (Industry-University Cooperation Foundation Hanyang University) | Composition for preventing or treating autoimmune disease based on LRR domain of NLRX1 protein |
| US11840565B2 (en) | 2016-12-29 | 2023-12-12 | University Of Miami | Methods and compositions for treating virus-associated inflammation |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US11899570B2 (en) | 2019-12-12 | 2024-02-13 | Cognizant Technology Solutions India Pvt. Ltd. | System and method for optimizing assessment and implementation of microservices code for cloud platforms |
| US12014195B2 (en) | 2019-12-12 | 2024-06-18 | Cognizant Technology Solutions India Pvt. Ltd. | System for providing an adaptable plugin framework for application transformation to cloud |
Family Cites Families (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US9084799B2 (en) * | 2005-02-11 | 2015-07-21 | Pulmagen Therapeutics (Synergy) Limited | Inhaled combination therapy |
| EP2488503A1 (en) * | 2009-10-12 | 2012-08-22 | Myrexis, Inc. | Amino - pyrimidine compounds as inhibitors of tbkl and/or ikk epsilon |
| WO2013016278A2 (en) * | 2011-07-22 | 2013-01-31 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Modulators of antiviral signaling pathways and therapeutic uses thereof |
| KR101427290B1 (en) * | 2012-03-22 | 2014-08-06 | 경희대학교 산학협력단 | Pharmaceutical composition for prevention and treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease comprising extract of Phyllostachys nigra Munro var. henosis Stapf as an active ingredient |
| US10676436B2 (en) * | 2018-07-05 | 2020-06-09 | Landos Biopharma, Inc. | NLRX1 ligands |
-
2016
- 2016-03-09 US US15/065,230 patent/US20160263183A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2018
- 2018-08-09 US US16/059,445 patent/US11478530B2/en active Active
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| Kang, M-J, et al. Suppression of NLRX1 in chronic obstrutive pulmonary disease. Journal of Clinical Investigation, 2015, Vol. 125(6), p. 2458-2462. * |
Cited By (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10961306B2 (en) | 2016-12-29 | 2021-03-30 | University Of Miami | Methods for treating lung inflammation with an anti-ASC antibody |
| US11174307B2 (en) | 2016-12-29 | 2021-11-16 | University Of Miami | Methods and compositions for treating virus-associated inflammation |
| US11840565B2 (en) | 2016-12-29 | 2023-12-12 | University Of Miami | Methods and compositions for treating virus-associated inflammation |
| CN112384501A (en) * | 2018-07-05 | 2021-02-19 | 朗多生物制药股份有限公司 | 1,3, 5-tris (6-methylpyridin-2-yloxy) benzene derivatives and related compounds as NLRX1ligands for the treatment of inflammatory diseases |
| US11566055B2 (en) * | 2020-07-09 | 2023-01-31 | Iucf-Hyu (Industry-University Cooperation Foundation Hanyang University) | Composition for preventing or treating autoimmune disease based on LRR domain of NLRX1 protein |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| US20190030119A1 (en) | 2019-01-31 |
| US11478530B2 (en) | 2022-10-25 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11478530B2 (en) | Methods for decreasing chord length | |
| McGarvey et al. | Increased expression of bronchial epithelial transient receptor potential vanilloid 1 channels in patients with severe asthma | |
| US9585930B2 (en) | Therapeutic agent for emphysema and COPD | |
| AU2024205664A1 (en) | Evaluation and treatment of bradykinin-mediated disorders | |
| JP5960717B2 (en) | Biomarkers and their use in the diagnosis and treatment of autism | |
| US10557171B2 (en) | Methods for the treatment of kidney fibrosis | |
| JP6153946B2 (en) | SLIT-ROBO signaling for diagnosis and treatment of kidney disease | |
| JP2014506244A6 (en) | Biomarkers and their use in the diagnosis and treatment of autism | |
| US20150233949A1 (en) | Detection and modulation of cytochrome c acetylation | |
| US9994905B2 (en) | Methods for the diagnosis and treatment of pulmonary fibrosis in subjects with hermansky pudlak syndrome | |
| US12329759B2 (en) | Methods and compositions relating to lung function | |
| US20160166520A1 (en) | Methods and compositions relating to the treatment of visceral fat and asthma | |
| US11717528B2 (en) | Methods and compositions relating to the treatment of fibrosis | |
| US20220370463A1 (en) | Stabilized c-fms intracellular fragments (ficd) promote osteoclast differentiation and arthritic bone erosion | |
| WO2011064351A1 (en) | Kinin b1 receptor as a biomarker of airway inflammation related to smoke exposure | |
| WO2022246048A2 (en) | Methods and compositions relating to airway dysfunction | |
| WO2024163923A2 (en) | Phosphomimetic mutants, phosphospecific antibodies, and uses thereof | |
| US10983137B2 (en) | Diagnosis of leukocyte-mediated disease and halogen gas exposure | |
| WO2024186766A1 (en) | Use of extracellular vesicles as biomarkers for age-related macular degeneration | |
| AbuArish et al. | THE F508DEL-CFTR MUTATION ALTERS ITS PARTITIONING INTO NANOSCALE MEMBRANE MICRODOMAINS | |
| HK40006266A (en) | Evaluation and treatment of bradykinin-mediated disorders | |
| CFTR | DELETION OF F508 ALTERS THE DYNAMICS OF HUMAN CFTR NBD1 | |
| WO2018132673A1 (en) | Methods and materials for identifying and treating graft-versus-host disease |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:BROWN UNIVERSITY;REEL/FRAME:039339/0027 Effective date: 20160714 |
|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: YALE UNIVERSITY, CONNECTICUT Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ELIAS, JACK A.;LEE, CHUN GEUN;REEL/FRAME:039281/0518 Effective date: 20160408 Owner name: YALE UNIVERSITY, CONNECTICUT Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:KANG, MIN-JONG;REEL/FRAME:039279/0713 Effective date: 20160330 Owner name: BROWN UNIVERSITY, RHODE ISLAND Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:ELIAS, JACK A.;LEE, CHUN GEUN;REEL/FRAME:039281/0518 Effective date: 20160408 |
|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |